PARA 5

WAL MUH SANAAT

SURAT AN - NISA’ (AYAH 24 TO 147)
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at

INDEX
S. NO CHPTER PAGE
NO
1. PART-I: EXPLANATION AND INTERPRETATION OF VERSES OF JUZ 5 01-183
(AAYAAT KI TASHREEH AUR TAFSEER)

01-183
SURAH AN - NISA’

Chapter 01 (Ayat 24-35)

Chapter 02 (Ayat 36-50)
Chapter 03 (Ayat 51-70)
Chapter 04 (Ayat 71-85)
Chapter 05 (Ayat 86-93)
Chapter 06 (Ayat 94-104)
Chapter 07 (Ayat 105-122)
Chapter 08 (Ayat 123-134)
Chapter 09 (Ayat 135-147)

IMPORTANT TOPICS OF VERSES OF JUZ 5 (AAYAAT KE AHAM

MOUZUA’AT): SURAH AN - NISA’

1. Ayat 24 to 25: Kin khwateen se nikah haram hai

2. Ayat 26 to 28: Shariyat Allâh Ta’ala ki rehmat ka

mazhar

3. Ayat 29 to 30: Maal o jaan ki hurmat’

4. Ayat 31: Bade gunaho se bacho, chote gunah muaf

kar diye jayenge

5. Ayat 32: Hasad mat karo

6. Ayat 33: Haq’daar ko haq’ do

7. Ayat 34 to 35: Nek biwi apne shohar ki ta’bedaar hoti

hai

8. Ayat 36 to 40: Islam ki ta’alimaat

9. Ayat 41 to 42: Allâh ke Rasool ki apni ummat ke

khilaf gawahi

10. Ayat 43: Sharab ki hurmat ke hawale se dusra

hukum

11. Ayat 44 to 47: Yahud ki ghatiya harkat’

 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at

12. Ayat 48: Shirk na’qabil muafi jurm hai

13. Ayat 49 to 55: Yahud ke mazeed jara’em

14. Ayat 56: Jahannum main jali huyi khaal ko nayi

khaal se badal diya jayega

15. Ayat 57: Ahle jannat ke liye hamesha rehne wali

ne’matein aur ghane saaye

16. Ayat 58 to 59: Islam ke siya’si usool yaani

political rules

17. Ayat 60 to 63: Ata’at e Rasool se gurez

munafiqat ka zahir hona hai

18. Ayat 64 to 68: Ata’at e Rasool ki ahmiyat

19. Ayat 69 to 70: Allâh ke inaam yafata’ bande

20. Ayat 71 to 76: Allâh ki raah main jung se faraar

munifaqana’ tarz e amal hai

21. Ayat 77: Sabr mehaz ka hukum

22. Ayat 78 to 79: Mout ka waqt muqarrar hai

23. Ayat 80 to 81: Rasool Allah ki ata’at hi Allah

ki ata’at hai

24. Ayat 82: Munafiqat ka ilaaj tadabbur Quran

main hai

25. Ayat 83 to 84: Baghair tehqeeq’ ke khabar aage

na badhao

26. Ayat 85 to 87: Achchi Dawat Sadaqah e

ja’ariya’ aur buri Dawat Gunah e ja’ariya’ hai

27. Ayat 88 to 91: Munafiqeen ka hijrat’ se gurez

28. Ayat 92: Qatle khata’ ka kuffarah

29. Ayat 93: Qatle na’haq’ ka wabaal

30. Ayat 94: Mehaz zuban se iqraar insaan ko

mjusalmaan bana deta hai

31. Ayat 95 to 96: Allah ki raah main nikalne ki

fazliyat
32. Ayat 97 to 100: Allah ki raah main hijrat’ ki
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at

ahmiyat aur fazilat’

33. Ayat 101: Qasr namaz ka hokum

34. Ayat 102: Salaa’tul khuf ka hukum

35. Ayat 103: Namaz pabandi’ waqt ke saath farz

hai

36. Ayat 104: Musalman aur kafir ke amal ka farq

37. Ayat 105 to 112: Khiyanat’ karne waale ki

himayat mat karo khwah’ wo musalman hi kyoun na
ho

38. Ayat 113: Nabi Kareem par Allah ka fazal

39. Ayat 80 to 81: Najwa’ (ijtima’eyat ke bare main

khoofiya mashawirah karna) ki pasandeedah soorat

40. Ayat 115: Ajma’e ummat ke liye Quran se daleel

41. Ayat 116: Shirk ka jurm muaf nahi kiya jayega

42. Ayat 117 to 122: Shaitaan ke napaak aza’em

43. Ayat 123 to 124: Khush’kun khwahishaat kaam

nahi aayengi

44. Ayat 125 to 126: Behtareen rawish millat e

Ibrahim ki perwi hai

45. Ayat 127 to 130: Khwateen ke hoqooq

46. Ayat 131 to 133: Allah ka Taqwa ikhtiyaar nahi

karna kufr hai

47. Ayat 134: Te’y kar lo duniya ke talabgaar ho ya

akhirat ke

48. Ayat 135: Adl karo chahe wo apno ke khilaaf hi

kyoun na ho

49. Ayat 136: Imaan haqeeqi haasil karo

50. Ayat 137 to 138: Imaan aur kufr ke beech dil

main kashmakash ka jaari rehna

51. Ayat 139: Kaafiron se dosti karne waale munafiq

hain

52. Ayat 140: Kisi mehfil main deen ki touheen

bardaasht nahi karna hai
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at

53. Ayat 141 to 143: Munafiqon ki rawish

54. Ayat 144: Momino ke muqabile main kaafiron

ko dost na’ banao

55. Ayat 145 to 146: Munafiqeen jahannum ke sab

se nichle gadhe main honge

56. Ayat 147: Mazloom ki aanhon se bacho.

PART -II: Root words 184-196

PART -III: Self Check Exercise 197-210
 AL HIDAYA QURAN ACADEMY

Al Hidaya Qur’ân Academy family ke joint efforts se ye Course Manual Roman

Urdu main Taleem ul Qur’ân (Study of Qur’ân) aur Fahm Al Qur’ân
(Understanding the Qur’ân) ke liye compile gaya hai.

Kisi bhi zuban ki khobsurti sabit hoti hai, jab wo sun’ne wale ke kaano
main mithas ka ahsaas karwaye aur iska behtareen example Urdu zuban
hai……Urdu ak poetry hai jo saare jahan ke logo main apni mithas ke saath ghul
jati hai.

Ye Course Manual Urdu & Arabic alfaz ko apne readers tak’ pohnchane ka ak
zariya hai jis main Urdu & Arabic ke alfaaz ke saath Roman main meaning bhi
diye hain ke, hamare readers in alfaz ki khubsurti aur gehrayi ko samjhe aur apni
zuban se a’shna rahen aur aane wali generation ko bhi ye zuban sikhayen.

Course Manual ko design aur develop karne main poori koshish ki hai ki is main koi
ghalti ya kami na ho, lekin Noble Qur’ân ke alawa duniya ki koi bhi kitab insaani
bhool chook se khali nahi hai. Insaan ki hudood e ilm ki wajah se agar is Course
Manual main koi ghalti ya kami reh gayi ho tou aap sab Readers aur Students se
guzarish hai ki meharbaani kar ke ham logo ko muaf karen aur hum ko islahi
mashware ke saath inform karen.

“TO ERR’ IS HUMAN…..TO FORGIVE ALLAH”

INSAAN GHALTI KE LIYE HAI….ALLAH BAKHSHNE WALA HAI

“Beauty of language lies in the ears of listeners”

URDU is poetry….a language of manners, modesty & respect…..when you speak

URDU you give respect to listeners

COMPILATION OF COURSE MANUAL

BY
STAFF OF AL HIDAYA QURAN ACADEMY

TARMEEM (EDITED) AND TAJ’ZIA’ (ANALYSED)

BY
MOHAMMAD RAEES KHAN
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

PART I
EXPLANATORY NOTES

Page | 1
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

EXPLANATION AND INTERPRETATION OF VERSES (AAYAAT KI

TASHREEH AUR TAFSEER)

Shuru karta hun Allah ke naam se jo bada meherbaan nihayat rehem

karne wala hai.

SURAH AN-NISA’ (WOMEN- AYAT 24 - 147)

CHAPTER 1: SURAH AN-NISA’ (WOMEN) (AYAT 24 - 35)

AYAT 24 - 25: KIN KHWATEEN SE NIKAH HARAM HAI

Ayat 24

Aur haram ki gayin shoher wali aurten magar wo jo tumhari milkiyat

mein aa jayen. Allâh Ta’ala ne ahkaam tum par farz kar diye hain, in
aurtoun ke siwa aur aurten tumhare liye halal ki gayi ke apne maal
ke Mahr se tum in se nikah karna chaho bure kaam se bachne ke liye
na ke shehwat rani ke liye. Is liye jin se tum fayda uthao inhe in ka
muqarrar kiya hua Mahr de do. Aur Mahr muqarrar hone ke baad tum
aapas ki raza mandi se jo teý kar lo tum par koi gunah nahi. Beshak,
Allâh Ta’ala ilm wala hikmat wala hai.

Explanatory notes

Qur‟ân e kareem mein ahsaan chaar ma‟non mein istimaal hua hai;

Page | 2
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

[1] Shadi‟ [2] Paak damni‟ [3] Aazadi‟ [4] Islaam‟

Is aitbaar se moh‟sanat (ahsaan se moh‟sanat bana hai) ke chaar matlab

hain;

[1] Shadi shuda‟ aurten [2] Paak daman Aurten [3] Aazad aurten [4]
Musalman aurten.

Is ayat ke shaan e nuzool ke bare mein mufas‟sareen ne likha hai ke, jab
kuch jangon mein kafiron ki aurten, musalmanon ki qaid mein aa gayin tou
musalmanon ne in se ham bistari karne mein karahat mehsoos ki kyun ke
wo shadi shuda thin. Sahaba Karam ne Aap Nabi Kareem se is mas‟ale
ke bare mein poocha, jis mein ye aayat nazil huyi1.

Is ayat se ye maaloom hua ke jang mein hasil hone wali kaafir aurten jab
musalmanon ki baandiyan ban jayen tou shadi shuda hone ke ba‟wajud bhi
in se mubashirat karna jaa‟iz hai, albatta yahan ye zaroori hai ke ak haiz
aane ke baad, ya ye haamla hain tou poora waqt hone ke baad in se jinsi
taalluq qayam kiya jaye.

Ba’andi KA MASALA: Nuzool e Qur‟ân e kareem ke waqt ghulam aur

Ba‟andiyan/ Londiyan ka silsila aam tha, jise Qur‟ân ne band nahi kiya
Agar Islami mumalkat aur dushman mulk ke beech ladayi chid‟ jaye aur
mard aur aurat giriftaar kiye jaayen tou 3 sooraten ho sakti hain;

1. Ya tou qaidiyon ka aapas mein tabadala‟ kar liya jaye yaani ak dusre
ke qaidiyon ko badal liya jaaye ya chod diya jaaye. Ye soorat sab se
behtar hai. Is soorat mein ghulam aur baandi banana ka koi sawal hi
nahi hai.

2. Dono fareegh, ameeraan jang ko halak kar den yaani tamam qaidiyon
ko qatl kar den, zahir hai ye bad‟tareen baat hogi ke pur aman
shaehro ka qatl e aam ho.

1 [Ibn e Kaseer]

Page | 3
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

3. Agar 2 dushman, qaidiyoun ke tabadile par agree nahi hon tou in

qaidiyon ko qanooni Islam ne Ghulam aur Baandi banana ki ijazat di.
Jo dusre mazahabon aur Rom aur Iran ki hukumatoun mein pehle se
hi ye tareeqa riwaj mein tha. Albat‟ta dusri qoumo mein Ghulam aur
Baandiyon ke kuch huqooq nahi thay.

Islam ne in ke liye huqooq fix kiye, aur in ke bare mein aisi hikmat amali
ikhteyar ki gayi ke jis se Ghulamon aur Ba‟andiyon ko ziyadah se ziyadah
sahoolaten hasil hon, ta‟ke ghulami custoum ki hosla shikni ho is ke do
reason thay;

1. Kuch khandaan sadiyon se aise chale aa rahe thay ke, in ke mard aur
aurat farokht kar diye jaate thay aur yeh khareede huye mard ghulam
kehlate thay aur khareedi huye aurat, baandi/londi kehlati thi.
Maalik ko in se har tarah ke faydah uthane ka haq‟ hasil hota tha.

2. Yahan dusra reason jang mein qaidiyon wala tha ke, kafiron ke
qaidiyon mein se qaidi aurtoun ko musalmanon mein taqseem kar
diya jata tha aur wo in ki baandiyan ban kar in ke paas rehti thin.

Qaidiyon ke liye ye behtareen solution yaani hal tha, kyun ke agar inhe
mua‟shre yaani society mein yun hi aazad chod diya jata tou society mein in
ke zariye se fasad paida hota2.

Beher‟haal, musalman shadi shuda aurten tou wese hi haram hain yaani
kisi dusre mard ke liye bina talaq ke halal nahi hain, aur phir kafir aurten
bhi haram hi hain, tou ab ye baandiyan, kafir aurten thin jo kisi muslaman
ke liye kaise halal ho sakti hain. Is liye shariyat ne ye raasta nikaala ke wo
kafir auratein jo qaid ho kar ab baandi banayi gayin yaani agar ye
musalmanon ki milkiyat mein aa jayen tou, is soorat mein ye zaroori hai ke
ak haiz aane ke baad, ya ye hamla hain tou poora waqt hone ke baad yaani

2[Tafseel ke liye mulahiza ho kitab Al Raq fil Islaam, Islaam mein Ghulami
Ki Haqeeqat Az Maulana Saeed Ahmad Akbar Aabadi]

Page | 4
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

bachche ke paidayesh ke baad in se jinsi taalluq qayam kiya jaye yaani

istabra raham (2 haiz) ke baad wo in ke liye halal hain.

Yahan zikr kiye gaye ye reasons, jo Qur‟ân aur Ahadisi based hain, ke alawa
in aurtoun se nikah karna na‟jaiz hai ba‟sharte ke 4 chizen is mein ho;

1. Dono taraf se ijab ho yaani acceptance ho aur qubool ho,

2. Maher ada karna qubool karo.

3. Shadi ki qaid mein lana maqsood ho, sirf shehwat rani gharz na ho
jaise zina mein ya mutta‟a mein hota hai, mutta‟a yani jinsi
khuwahish ki taskeen ke liye chand roz ya chand ghantoun ka nikah.

4. Chupi hui na ho balke gawah ki maujoodgi mein nikah ho.

Ye 4 sharten is aayat se understouod hain, is se jahan muta‟a ka rejection

hota hai wahin hala‟la ka bhi naja‟iz hona sabit hota hai. Muta‟a (Planned
Nikah) ibteda e islam mein ja‟iz raha hai aur us ka reason is ayat ki buniyad
par nahi tha balke is riwaj ki buniyad par tha jo islam se qabl chala aa raha
tha. Phir Aap Nabi Kareem ne nihayat wazeh alfaz mein ise qayamat
tak haram kar diya. Kyun ke is ka maqsad bhi aurat ko nikah kar ke
daa‟imi qaid yaani Shadi ki qaid mein lana nahi hota hai, balke sirf shehwat
rani gharz se kuch waqt ke liye hai.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta’ala farma rahen hain ke; Is liye jin se tum fayda uthao
inhe in ka muqarrar kiya hua Mahr de do, se murad is kaam ki takeed hai ke
jin aurtoun se tum nikah shar‟ai ahkaam ke zariye se karo tou inhe in ka
muqarrar kardah Mahr zaroor ada karo. Agar shadi ke baad ham‟bistari ho
gayi hai tou poora Mahr, aur agar nahi hui ho tou aadha Mahr dena hoga.
Agar pehle se Mahr muqarrar nahi kiya gaya tha aur hambistari bhi nahi ki
hai aur talaq ho gayi tou ise kuch maal de diya jayega. Is se murad ye hai ke
Mahr wajib hai aur daleel ye hai ke Mahr ke baghair Nikah nahi hota. Mahr
aurat ka ak farz kiya gaya haq‟ hai, ahsaan nahi hai.

Page | 5
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Allâh Ta’ala farma rahen hain ke; Aur Mahr muqarrar hone ke baad tum
aapas ki raza mandi se jo te’y kar lo tum par koi gunah nahi, Is se murad is
mein shohar aur biwi ki aapas ki raza mandi se Mahr mein kami baishi
karne ka ikhteyar hai.

ka matlab hai ke tumhara apni biwiyon ko mahr dena tum par farz
hai jise Allâh Ta’ala ne farz kiya hai, ye koi touhfa ya bakhshish nahi hai, ye
ak muqarrar kardah‟ haq‟ hai jise tum ne khud muqarrar kiya hai nikah ke
waqt, jis ki ada‟egi tum par wajib hai is liye tum is me se kuch kam nahi
karo.

Beshak Allâh Ta’ala ilm wala hikmat wala hai, Allâh Ta‟ala hamesha se sab
kuch jan‟ne wala hai aur wo kamaal e hikmat waala hai, Allâh Ta‟ala ne is
ayat ke zariye baandiyon ke ahka‟amat se, nikah ki shartoun se, society ko
bigaad se bachane ke liye ye usool de kar apne ilm ka sha‟oor dilaya hai.

Jo itni gehrayi se insaani zindgi ka ilm rakhta ho, wo yaqeenan Allâh Ta‟ala
hi hai, jo ye usool de sakta hai. Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne apni hikmat ka
bhi sha‟oor dilaya hai ke, wo saari hikmatoun aur maslehatoun ka jan‟ne
waala ha, yaqeenan Allâh Ta‟ala Aleem hai aur Hakeem hai.

Ayat 25

Aur tum mein se jis kisi ko aazad musalman aurtoun se nikah karne
ki poori wus’at o taaqat na ho wo musalman londiyon se jin ke tum
maalik ho, apna nikah kar lo Allâh Tumhare aamal ko ba’khoobi

Page | 6
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

janne wala hai, tum sab aapas mein ek hi tou ho is liye in ke malikon
ki ijazat se in se nikah kar lo. Aur qa’ede ke mutabiq in ke Mahr un
ko de do, wo paak daman hon, na ke ailaniyan bad’kari karne
waliyan, pas jab ye londiyan nikah mein aa jayen phir agar wo be’
hayai ka kaam karen tou inhe aadhi saza hai is saza se jo aazad
aurtoun ki hai. Kanizon se nikah ka ye hukum tum mein se in logon
ke liye hai jinhe gunah aur takleef ka andesha ho aur tumhara zabt
karna bohot behtar hai aur Allâh Ta’ala bada bakhshne wala aur
badi rehmat wala hai.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein Allah Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, Aur tum mein se jo koi is ki
istita’at nahi rakhta ho ke wo aazad musalman aurtoun se nikah kare tou
musalman londiyon mein se kisi se Nikah kar le yaani aisi loundiya jin ke
maalik hon, un se apna nikah kar le, Allâh Tumhare aamal ko ba’khoobi
janne wala hai, tum sab aapas mein ek hi tou ho is liye in ke malikon ki ijazat
se in se nikah kar lo. Is ayat mein yaha ye wazeh kiya gaya hai ke koi momin
apne khandani haalat ki wajha se aazaad, khaandaani, momina‟ aurat se
Nikah karne ki position mein nahi hai tou aisi soorat mein islam us ko
riyayat deta hai ke agar wo intizaar kar sakta hai tou aazaad aurat se hi
nikah kare aur agar akhlaaqi fitne mein mubtila hone ka dar ho tou
loundiyon se nikah ki ijazat hai.

Islam tamam insaano ko ak hi nasal aur ak hi asal se shumar karta hai

Khutba’ Hajjatul Wida’ mein Aap Nabi Kareem ne farmaya ke, “tum sab
Adam Alahisalam (Hz.) ki aulaad ho”, aur Hz Adam Alahisalam mitti se bane
thay, yahan Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke tum sab aapas mein ek hi tou
ho yaani ak dusre se hi ho.

Is ayat se maloom hua ke baandiyon ka malik hi baandiyon ka wali hai aur

baandi ka kisi jagah nikah is ki ijazat ke baghair nahi kiya ja sakta. Isi

Page | 7
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

tarhan ghulam bhi apne maalik ki ijazat ke baghair kisi jagah nikah nahi
kar sakta.

Nikah ke baad, Islamic qa‟ede ke mutabiq in ke Mahr in ko de do, yaani

khush dili se un ke Mahr ada kiya jaayen, is wajah se ke baandiyon ki
be‟qadri hai agar un ke mahr mein kami ki gayi tou. Phir jab wo nikah mein
layi ja chuki hon aur us ke baad agar wo paak damani ko meintain na
karen aur ailaniyan bad‟kari karne waliyan saabit hon tou inhe aadhi saza
hai is saza se jo aazad aurtoun ki hai.

Yani baandioyon ko [100] ke baja‟e nisf yani aadhi [50] kodon ki saza di
jayegi. Goya in ke liye saza e rajam nahi hai, kyun ke wo aadha nahi ho
sakta. Baandi ke liye aadhi saza is liye hai ke;

1. Shaadi shuda‟ aur khandani aurat ki do hifazaten hain;

a. Khandan b. Shohar

2. Baandi agar ghair shaadi shuda ho tou koi hifazat nahi.

a. Baandi shaadi shuda ho tou sirf shohar ki hifazat hoti hai

khandan ki hifazat nahi hoti hai. Shohar ki hifazat bhi aadhi
hoti hai, kyun ke wo apne maalik ki baandi rehti hai. Is wajah
se is ko society mein wo muqam hasil nahi hota jo ak khandani
aurat ko hasil hota hai. Is liye shaadi shuda‟ aurat duhri
(Khandan aur shohar) hifazat ko toude tou badi saza aur
baandi shohar ki aadhi hifazat ko toude tou aadhi saza hai.

Is ayat mein wazahat hai ke, baandiyon se shadi ki ijazat aise logon ke liye
hai jo jawani ke jazbaat par control‟ rakhne ki taqat na rakhe aur bad‟kari
mein mubtila hone ka andesha hai, agar aisa andesha na ho tou is waqt tak‟
sabr karna behtar hai jab tak‟ kisi aazad khandaani aurat se shadi ke qaabil
na ho jaye.

Yahan Ahle ilm ki ra‟ye ye hai ke yahan aazad mard ka Nikah do shart pe
based hai;

Page | 8
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

1. Jab aazad aurat se Nikah ki taqat na ho

2. Jab zina‟ mein mubtila ho jaane ka khauf ho

Jab ke Tafseer Quratabi se saabit hai ke tanha‟ee mein sabr karna baandi
ke Nikah se behtar hai kyun ke ye aulaad ki ghulami ka sabab hai, is ke
alawa insaan ka nafs gir jaata hai aur akhalq ka girna insaan ke liye behtar
saabit nahi hota3.

Aazadi, insan ko aadaab sikhati hai aur ye sikhati hai ke, ise apni paak
damani ki hifazat kaise karni hai.

Allâh Ta‟ala tumhare imaan ko khoob jaanta hai. Allâh Ta‟ala farmate hain
ke tumhara sabr karna aur nafs se ladna tmhare liye aisa Nikah karne se
behtar hai.

Allâh Ta‟ala ne ye farma kar aisa sha‟oor is liye dilaya hai ta‟ke jo log apne
jazbaat par control nahi rakh paate hon, wo log sabr karen aur self control
karen, aur rehmat ki ummid par hi banda sabr kar sakta hai, is liye, Allâh
Ta‟ala ne yahan apni sifat Raheem ka shao‟oor dilaya hai.

Is ayat ke zariye, Allâh Ta‟ala ne apni Rehmat se behtar cheez ki taraf

re‟numa‟ee ki hai yaani zina mein mubtilah ho jaane ke khouf se baandi se
Nikah karne ki ijazat tou hai lekin sabr bahut behtar hai, aur tauba karne
walon ke liye Allâh Ta‟ala be‟had‟ bakhshne wala Ghafoor hai.

3 Tafseer Quratabi 132/5

Page | 9
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

AYAT 26 - 28: SHARIYAT ALLÂH KI REHMAT KA MAZHAR

Ayat 26

Allâh Ta’ala chahta hai ke tumhare wa’ste khoob khol kar bayan
kare aur tumhe tum se pehle ke [naik] logon ki raah par chalaye aur
tumhari tauba qubool kare aur Allâh Ta’ala janne wala hikmat wala
hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein khol kar bayan karne se murad haram aur halal ke farq ko
batana hai yaani auratoun ki halat aur hurmat ke bare mein jo Allâh Ta‟ala
ne yaani Allâh Ta‟ala ne shartoun ke saath halal kiya hai. Allâh Ta‟ala
chahta hai ke tumhare wa‟ste khoob khol ker apni nishaniyan yaani
aayatein bayan kare ta‟ake tum Hidayat pao, aur tumhe tum se pehle ke
yaani naik logon ki raah par chalaye.
Allâh Ta‟ala yahan ye chaten hain ke ham sab Taqwa ikhtiyar karen aur nek
logon mein shamil ho jayen, aise logon mein shamil ho jayen jin ko Allâh
Ta‟ala ki rehmatoun mein se hissa mila hua hai. Allâh Ta‟ala tumhari tauba
qubool karne waala aur, Allâh Ta‟ala tumhara kiya sab kuch jan‟ne wala aur
hikmat wala hai.

Page | 10
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 27

Aur Allâh chahta hai ke tumhari tauba qubool kare aur jo log
khuwahishat ke pairo hain, wo chahte hain ke tum is se bohot dur
hat’ jao.

Explanatory notes
Insaano ki islah ke liye ak taraf tou Allâh Ta‟ala ka diya hua program hai
aur dusri taraf insaano ko di huyi hidayaat hain. An tameelu se murad
yahan haq se baatil ki taraf jhuk jana hai.
Insaani zindagi ke liye 2 tarah ke nizaamo ki kya haqeeqat hai, us achchayi
aur burayi se compare karne se ham ye andazah aasani se laga sakte hain
aur faisla kar sakte hai ke ham ko kis raaste par chalna hai.
Yahan wazahat ki gayi hai ke, ye wo raasta hai jis me islah, falah aur
sa‟adat hai aur ye hi raasta behtareen raasta hai aur is raaste ko ikhtiyar
karna hi Allâh Ta‟ala ka hukum hai.

Ayat 28

Allâh chahta hai ke tum se takhfeef kar de kyun ke insaan kamzor

paida hua hai.

Explanatory notes

Allâh Ta‟ala ne deen mein hamare liye koi bhi tangi nahi rakhi hai aur in
aasaniyon ke saath Allâh Ta‟ala ne is ummat ko chun liya hai. Allâh chahta
hai ke tum se takhfeef kar de yaani wo tum se tumhara bojh halka kar de
kyun ke insaan kamzor paida hua hai.

Page | 11
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Is kamzori ki wajah se is ke gunah mein mubtila hone ka andesha ziyada

hota hai is liye Allâh Ta‟ala ne mumkin aasaniyan faraham ki hain. Ye
possible aasaniyon mein se ak baandiyon se shadi ki ijazat hai. Kuch
mufakkareen ne is za‟af ka ta‟alluq aurtoun se bataya hai yani aurat ke bare
mein kai baar insaan zauf kamzor pad‟ jaata hai aur ye is liye ke kuch
aurten bhi ba wajood nuqsan aqal ke is ko aasani se apne daam mein
phansa leti hain.

Helpful Hints: In aayaat (26 - 28) mein Allâh ki rehmat ke 2 mazahir bayan
kiye gaye hain;

1. Allâh Taála ne ham ko aisi shariyat ata‟ farmayi hai jis se society ke har
insaan ke maal, jaan aur aabru ki hifazat hoti hai

2. Allâh Taála ne ma‟azi ke waqeát bayan farma kar, insaan ko balance

banana, Allâh Taála ki batayi huyi raah par chalna aur achche anjaam
ke haqdaar koun honge, se aagah kiya hai aur ye raasta duniya
ba‟muqabila aakhirat ka raasta hai.

Shariyat par amal ki soorat mein insaan ko aisi sahuliyat hasil hoti hai jo
gumrahkun aqeedon yaani aqeedon se bhatke huye log, beja‟ rasoomaat
yaani bekaar rasm o riwaj ke bojh se insaan ko aazad karti hai.

AYAT 29 - 30: MAAL O JAAN KI HURMAT

Ayat 29

Aye imaan walo! apne apas ke maal na’ jaiz tariqe se mat khao
Magar ye ke tumhari apas ki razamandi se ho khareed o farokht Aur
apne aap ko qatal na karo. Yaqinan Allâh Ta’ala tum par nihayat
Maharban hai.

Page | 12
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein Aye imaan walo! apne apas ke maal na jaiz tariqe se mat khao
keh kar ahle imaan walon ko roka gaya hai. Is ayat ke zariye ahle imaan ke
zameer ko be‟daar kiya gaya hai jo imaani taqazon ko be‟daar karna hai
yaani jagana hai.

“Bilba-tili” mein dhoka, faraib, jaal saazi, milawat ke alawa tamam karobar
bhi shamil hain, jin se sharee‟at ne mana kiya hai, isi tarah mamnoo‟ aur
haram cheezon ka (jaise sharab ka) karobar karna bhi baatil yaani jhoot
mein shamil hai. Maal khane ke jhoote tareeqo mein;

 Dusre ka maal dabana,

 Rishwat, sood, jua‟,

 Chori, daake‟,

 Na‟ ja‟ez dabao daal kar maal hasil karna,

 Yateemon ka maal dabana,

 Milawat karna waghairah sab shamil hain.

Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya hai ke, ye sab yaani khareed o farokht
tumhari apas ki razamandi se hona chahiye. Is ke liye ye shart hai ke kisi
bhi qism ka lain dain halal cheezon ka ho, haram cheezon ka karobar
bahimi razamandi ke bawajood na‟ja‟iz hi rahega. Haan sharayi tareeqa‟par
tijarat se nafa‟uthana jaéz hai jo khareedar aur bechne waale ki aapsi
razamandi se ho.

Aur apne aap ko qatal na karo, se murad wo tamam kaam hain jin se kisi ka
haq‟ muta‟ssir ho, wo sakht mana‟ hai. Kuch mufassareen ke hawale se agar
dekehen tou yahan is se murad khud kashi bhi ho sakti hai jo kabeera
gunah hai. Is ke alawa is se murad gunah karna bhi ho sakta hai yaani
hurmatoun ke parde chaak karna aur na‟haq‟ dusron ka maal khana

Page | 13
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

waghairah aur wo saare kaam hain jo jihalat ka baa‟is hain aur kisi
musalman ko qatl karna bhi is mein shamil hai.

Is ayat mein akhir mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne yeh keh kar ke, Yaqeenan Allâh
Ta’ala tum par nihayat Mahrban hai, se apni tamam Rehmatoun ka yaqeen
aur sha‟oor dilaya hai, aur saath hi ye mutalibah kiya hai ke;

Aye imaan walo! apne apas ke maal na‟ jaiz tariqe se mat khao, tumhari
apas ki razamandi se khareed o farokht karo aur apne aap ko qatal bhi na
karo.

Ayat 30

Aur jo shakhs ye [na’farmaniyan] sarkashi aur zulm karega. Tou

anqareeb hum is ko aag mein dakhil karenge. Aur ye Allâh par aasan
hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya hai ke, jo shakhs na’farmaniyan, sarkashi aur
ziyadati aur zulm karega jis ka matlab hai ke jo shakhs qatl karega, haq‟ par
ziyadati karega yaani jo kaam haram hain in ko karega us ke liye sakht
waeed hai Allâh Ta‟ala ki saza hai. Aur kisi shakhs ko is ka haq‟ na dena bhi
zulm hai, jis ka matlab hai kisi ko us ke ja‟ez muqam se hata dena, ye sab
zulm hai.

Is ayat mein wazeh hota hai ke jante boojhte, zulm o ziyadati karna ja‟ez
nahi hai, yahan Allâh Ta‟ala ne apne sakht waeed yaani saza dene ki
dhamki se haq‟ par ziyadati karne aur zulm se roka hai ke, Tou anqareeb
hum is ko aag mein dakhil karenge, aur ye Allâh Ta’ala par aasan hai yahan
Allâh Ta‟ala ne jahannum mein insan ko dakhil karne ko apne liye aasan
amal qarar diya hai.

Page | 14
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Helpful Hints: In aayaat (29 - 30) mein maal o jaan ki hurmat ka zikr hai,
farmaya gaya hai ke kisi ka maal na‟haq na khao aur na hi kisi ki jaan lo.
Jis ne zulm o ziyadati se jara‟em kiye Allâh Taála us ko jahannum mein
daakhil karega. Jahannum mein insan ko bhejna Allâh Ta‟ala ke liye bahut
asan amal hai, is liye ham ko chahiye ke ham poori koshish karen ke apne
aap ko gunahon se roken.

AYAT 31: BADE GUNAHON SE BACHO, CHOTE GUNAH MUAF KAR DIYE JAYENGE

Ayat 31

Agar tum bade gunahon se bachte rahoge jis se tum ko mana kiya
jata hai. Tou hum tumhare chote gunah dur kar denge aur izzat o
buzurgi ki jagah dakhil karenge.

Explanatory notes

Kabeera gunah Allâh Ta‟ala ki Azeem na‟farmani mein aata hai, Kabeera
gunah ki tareef mein ikhtelaf hai;

Baaz ke nazdeek ye wo gunah hain jin par hadd‟ muqarrar hai, baaz ke
nazdeek wo gunah jis par Qur‟ân mein ya hadees mein sakht wa‟eed ya
laanat aayi hai,

Baaz kehte hain, har wo kaam jis se Allâh ne ya is ke Rasool ne ke

roka hai, Kabeera gunah mein aata hai. Aur haqeeqat ye hai ke in mein se
koi ak baat bhi kisi gunah mein paayi jaye tou kabeera hai.

Yahan ye usool bayan kiya gaya hai ke jo musalman kabeera gunahon

maslan shirk, huqooq walidain, jhoot waghera se ijtenab karega yaani
bachega, tou Allâh Ta‟ala is ke sagheera gunah muaf kar denge.

Page | 15
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Sureh Najam mein bhi ye mazmoon bayan kiya gaya hai albat‟ta wahan
kaba‟ir ke sath fawahish yaani behayai ke kamon se ijtenab ko bhi sagheera
gunahon ki muafi ke liye zaroori qarar diya gaya hai. Is ke alawa sagheera
gunahon par israr yaani baar baar duhrana bhi sagheera gunahon ko
kaba‟ir bana deti hai.

Is liye yahan ye wazahat hoti hai ke, kabeera gunahon se bachne ke saath
saath, Allâh Ta‟ala ke ahkaam aur Islam ke fara‟iz ki pawandi karna aur
aamal e saleha ka ehtemam karna bhi nihayat zaroori hai.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, Agar tum bade gunahon se
bachte rahoge jis se tum ko mana kiya jata hai, tou ham tumhare chote gunah
dur kar denge. Is se ye wazahat hoti hai ke kabeera‟ gunaho se bachna 2
shart ke saath gunah e sagheera ke liye kuffara‟ banta hai;

1. Jab Allâh Ta‟ala ka khouf ho aur gunah se bachna is iraade se ho,

2. Farz poore karne ke saath saath kabeerah‟ gunahon se bachna.

Sahaba karam ne sharee‟at ke mizaj ko samajh liya tha, is liye inhone sirf
wa’da e maghfirat par hi takiya yaani bharosa nahi kiya balke maghfirat aur
Allâh Ta‟ala ki rahmat ke yaqeeni husool ke liye yahan zikr ki gayin tamam
baatoun ka ehtemaam kiya.

Agar in sab batoun ka sochen ke ham kya kar rahen hain tou ham ko
ahsaas hoga ke hamara daman amal se tou khali hai lekin hamare qalb
ummidon aur aarzuon se bhare huye hain.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala gunahon se dur rehne ke badle mein aisi izzat ki
jagah daakhil karenge yaani jannat mein, ke in jannatoun ke neeche se
nehre beh‟ rahi hongi. Is liye Allâh Ta‟ala is ayat mein farma rahen hain ke
wo hamein izzat o buzurgi ki jagah dakhil karenge.

Helpful Hints: Ye ayat 31 Allâh Ta‟ala ki taraf se bahut badi basharat liye
huye hai. Is ayat mein khush khabri di gayi hai ke insaan agar bade bade

Page | 16
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

gunah se bachega tou Allâh Ta‟ala ka wa‟da hai ke wo chote chote gunah
muaf kar dega.

Qur‟ân Kareem kai baar ye basharat deta hai faraéz poore karo, haram se
bacho tou choti khataén khud ba‟khud muaf ho jayengi.

AYAT 32: HASAD MAT’ KARO

Ayat 32

Aur is ki aarzoo na karo jis ke baa’is Allâh Ta’ala ne tum se baaz ko

baaz par buzurgi di hai, mardon ka is mein se hissa hai jo inhon ne
kamaya aur aurtoun ke liye in mein se hissa hai jo inhon ne kamaya
aur Allâh Ta’ala se is ka fazl mango. Yaqeenan Allâh har cheez ka
janne wala hai.

Explanatory notes
Is aayat ki shaan e nuzool mein bataya gaya hai ke Hazrat Umme Salma
[Link] arz kiya, mard jihad mein hissa lete hain aur shahadat paate hain.
Hum aurten in fazeelat wale kamon se mahroom hain. Hamari meeras bhi
mardon se nisf yaani aadhi hai, is par ye aayat nazil hui4.

Allâh Ta‟ala ke is farman ka matlab ye hai ke mardon ko Allâh Ta‟ala ne jo

jismani quwwat aur taqat apni hikmat aur irade ke mutabiq ata‟ ki hai aur
jis ki buniyad par wo jihad bhi karte hain aur dusre kamon mein hissa lete
hain. Ye in ke liye khas atiya yaani touhfa hai, aur is ko dekhte huye

4 Tafseer Ja‟me‟ ul bayan

Page | 17
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

aurtoun ko mardana salahiyatoun ke kaam karne ki aarzoo nahi karni

chahiye.

Albat‟ta Allâh Ta‟ala ki ata‟at aur naiki ke kamon mein khoob hissa lena
chahiye aur is maidan mein wo jo kuch kamaengi, mardon ki tarah in ka
poora poora sila inhe milega. Is ke alawa, Allâh Ta‟ala se is ke fazl ka sawal
karna chahiye kyun ke mard aur aurat ke darmiyan qudrati salahiyat aur
quwwat ka jo farq hai, wo tou qudrat ka ek atal faisla hai jo mehez aarzoo se
tabdeel nahi ho sakta. Albat‟ta is ke fazl se apne iraade aur mehnat mein
reh jane wali kami ka izala ho sakta hai.

Allâh Ta‟ala ne musalman ko is baat se mana‟ farmaya hai ke wo tamanna

kare ke Allâh Ta‟ala ne dusro ko jo diya hai wo is ko mil jaye, kyun ke aisi
khuwahish Allâh Ta‟ala ki di hui taqdeer se apni marzi ko alag karna hai. Is
ke alawa dusre ke maal ko dekh kar aarzo bhi karna hasad hai jis ko Allâh
Ta‟ala ne mana farmaya hai.

Rashk karna bhi sirf do logon par kiya ja sakta hai;

1. Ak tou wo jis ko Allâh Ta‟ala ne Qur‟ân ka ilm diya aur wo din raat is
ke bataye huye ahkaam ke hisab se apni zindagi guzare

2. Dusra us se, jis ko Allâh Ta‟ala ne maal diya ho aur wo us ko Allâh

Ta‟ala ki raah mein kharch kare.

Allâh Ta‟ala ne is ayat ke zariye se insaan ke sha‟oor ko jaga diya hai ye

farma ke, aur is ki aarzoo nahi karo jis ke baa’is Allâh Ta’ala ne tum se baaz
ko baaz par buzurgi ata’ farma di hai. Kyun ke, mardon ka is mein se hissa
hai jo inhon ne kamaya hai aur aurtoun ke liye in mein se hissa hai jo
inhon ne kamaya hai.

Is liye hiras nahi karo balke, Allâh Ta‟ala se is ka fazl mango, yaqeenan
Allâh Ta‟ala har cheez ka jan‟ne wala hai. Jis ki niyat mein jitna khuloos
hoga us ke mutabiq use us ka ajar milega. Aurat ho ya mard har ak ke apne
apne amal hain aur us ke hisab se un ko apne amal ki jaza ya saza milegi.

Page | 18
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Allâh Ta‟ala se us ki fazal ka sawal karo aur dua mango kyun ke Allâh
Ta‟ala sawal ko aur dua ko mehboob rakhta hai.

Allâh Ta‟ala hamesha se sab khoob jaanta hai yahan Allâh Ta‟ala ne apne
Aleem hone ka sha‟oor dilaya hai.

Helpful Hints: Is ayat 32 mein ye haqeeqat bayan ki gayi hai ke Allâh Taála
ne kisi ko ak aitbar se fazilat di hai aur dusre ko dusre aitbar se, is liye
hasad nahi karo.

Qayamat ke roz har insaan ko us ke kiye amal ke aitbar se badla diya

jayega.

AYAT 33: HAQDAAR KO HAQ’ DO

Ayat 33

Maa baap ya qarabat daar jo chod kar maren us ke waris hum ne har
shakhs ke liye muqarrar kar diye hain aur jin se tumne apne hathon
mua’hida kiya hai inhe in ka hissa do. Haqee’qatan Allâh Ta’ala har
cheez par hazir hai.

Explanatory notes

, maula ki jama hai.

Maula ke kai ma‟ani hain jaise dost, aazad kardah ghulam, chacha‟zad,
padosi, lekin yahan is se murad waris hai. Matlab ye hai ke har mard aur
aurat jo kuch chod jayenge, is ke waris in ke maa baap aur deegar qareebi
rishtedar honge.

Page | 19
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Is aayat ke mohkam yaani strong ya mansookh yaani cancelled hone ke

bare mein mufassireen ka ikhtelaaf hai.

Ibn e Jareer Tabri waghaira ise ghair mansookh [mohkam] mante hain aur
“ayma-nokum, mua‟hida se murad wo halaf ya qasm aur mua‟hida yaani
agreement lete hain jo ak dusre ki madad ke liye, islam se qabl do logon ya
do qabilon ke darmiyan hua tha, aur islam ke baad bhi wo chala aa raha
tha.

“Nasibahum” [hissa] se murad isi halaf aur agreement ki pawandi ke

mutabiq ta‟aawun yaani madad karna hai.

Ibn e Kaseer aur dusre mufassireen ke nazdeek ye aayat mansookh yaani

cancelled hai. Islam ke shuru mein ye hukum tha baad mein cancel ho
gaya, hukum ye tha ke jin se tum ne qasam kha kar agreement kiya hai in
ko bhi meeras mein hissa do. Ab wafa‟ e ahad baqi hai lekin meeras mein
hissa nahi hai.

Kyun ke “Aymanukum” se in ke nazdeek wo agreement hai jo Hijrat ke baad

ak Ansari aur Muhajir ke darmiyan hua tha. Is mein ak muhajir, ansari ke
maal ka is ke rishtedaron ki baja‟e, waris hota tha, lekin ye chun‟ke ak
temporary intezaam tha is liye phir Surah Al Ahzaab ki ayat 06 ka nuzool
hua;

Aur rishtedaar Kitab Allâh ki ru’ se banisbat dusre momino aur muhajiron ke
apas mein ziyadah haq’daar hain5.

Ab “Faa-tuhum naseebuhum” se murad dosti aur mohabbat aur ek dusre ki

madad hai aur bataur wasiyat kuch de dena bhi is mein shamil hai. Ahle
Arab mein dosti aur bhai cha‟re ke agreement hua karte thay aur log ak
dusre ki meeras mein waris ban jaya karte thay. Islam ne yaha wazeh kar
diya ke wirasat tou rishtedaariyon yaani qurabat ke hisab se taqseem hogi,

5 Surah Al Ahzaa 33:6

Page | 20
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

albat‟ta aap apni zindgi mein inhe kuch de sakte ho lekin, wirasat mein nahi
de sakte.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, Maa baap ya qarabat daar jo
chod kar maren is ke waris hum ne har shakhs ke liye muqarrar kar diye
hain. Jin se tumne apne hathon mua‟hida yaani agreement kiya hai inhe in
ka hissa do, se murad ye he ke maa baap ne qarabat daron ne aur jin ko
tumhara ahdo paiman aapas mein bandh chuka hai yani shoher ya biwi
inhon ne jo kuch meeras mein choda hai, is ke haqdaar aur hisse daar ham
ne yaani Allâh Ta‟ala ne muqarrar kar diye hain.

Lehaza in haqdaron ko in ke hisse de do, goya‟ piche aayat mein meeras

mein tafseelan jo hisse bayan kiye gaye thay yahan in ki ada‟egi ki aur
takeed ki gayi hai.

Haqee‟qatan Allâh Ta‟ala har cheez par hazir hai kyun ke Allâh Ta‟ala apne
ilm ke zariye se tamam umoor ki khabar rakhta hai. Yahan Allâh Ta‟ala ne

waris muqarrar kar ke aur har ak ka hissa un tak‟ pohcha ke apne

hone ka sha‟oor dilaya hai.

Helpful Hints: Is ayat 33 mein ak baar phir wirasat ke ahkamaat par amal
karne aur har waaris ko us ka fixed haq‟ ada‟ karne ki takeed ki gayi hai.
Wurasa‟ ke alawa agar kisi se koi ahad kiya hai tou us ko bhi poora karne
ka hukum hai.

AYAT 34 - 35 NEK BIWI APNE SHOHAR KI TAÁBE’DAAR HOTI HAI

Ayat 34

Page | 21
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Mard aurat par hakim hain is wajah se ke Allâh Ta’ala ne ak dusre

par fazeelat di hai aur is wajah se ke mardon ne maal kharch kiye
hain. Pas naik farmabardar aurten khawind ki adam mojudgi mein
ye hifazat ilahi nigehdasht rakhne waliyan hain aur jin aurtoun ki
na farmani aur baddimaghi ka tumhe khauf ho unhe nasihat karo
aur inhe alag bistaron par chod do aur inhe maar ki saza do phir
agar wo tabedari karen tou in par rasta talash na karo. Beshak Allâh
Ta’ala badi bulandi aur badhai wala hai.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, Mard aurat par nigran aur
hakim hai is wajah se ke, Allâh Ta‟ala ne ek dusre par fazeelat di hai aur ye
is wajah se hai ke mardon ne maal kharch kiye hain. Is mein mard ki
hakmiyat aur qawamiyat ki 2 wajhen bayan ki gayi hain

1. Mardana quwwat jo jismani banawat par based hai, jis mein mard
aurat se khalqi taur par mumtaz hai.

2. Aurat ko is ki fitri kamzori ki wajah se jinhe Islam ne aurat ki izzat

aur haya aur is ke taqaddus yaani paakizgi ki hifazat ke liye zaroori
qarar diya hai, aurat ko ma‟aashi jhamelon yaani financial
responsibilities se dur rakha. Aurat ki sarbarahi yaani aurat ke haath
mein intizam dene ke liye Qur’ân e kareem ki bilkul wazeh Hidayat hai
jis ki ta‟eed Sahi Bukhari ki is hadees se sabit hoti hai. Is hadees mein
Aap Nabi Kareem ne farmaya; “Wo qaum hargiz falah‟ yaab nahi
ho sakti jis ne apne umoor ak aurat ke supurd kar diye.

Islam ne mard aur aurat ki zimmedariyoun ki ye taqseem Adal ki buniyad

par ki hain.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, naik aurten farmabardar
hain, wo khawind ki adam yaani ghair mojudgi mein bhi hifazat karne wali
hain is wajah se ke Allâh Ta‟ala ne inhein mehfooz rakha hai. Lekin yahan

Page | 22
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

ye achchi tarah samajh lena chahiye ke, aurat par apne shohar ki itaát se
aham apne Khaliq ki itaát hai. Lihaza‟ agar koi shohar Allâh Ta‟ala ki
na‟farmani ka hukm de ya Allâh Ta‟ala ke farz se baaz rakhne ki koshish
kare tou us ki itaát se inkaar kar dena aurat par laazim hai. Is soorat mein
agar wo shohar ki itaát karegi tou gunahgaar hogi, haan agar shohar apni
biwi ko nafil namaz ya nafil roza tark karne ke liye kahe tou laazim hai ke
wo us ki itaát kare.

Allâh Ta‟ala ne farmaya; jin aurtoun ki na‟ farmani aur bad‟dimaghi ka

tumhen khauf ho unhe nasihat karo aur inhe alag bistaron par chod do aur
inhe maar ki saza do phir agar wo ta‟bedari karen tou in par rasta talash na
karo. Is ka positive explanation ye hai; Nafarmani ki surat mein aurat ko
samjhane ke liye sab se pehle waaz aur nasihat karna pehla number hai
dusre number par un se waqti aur aarzi yaani temporary alehdigi hai jo
samajhdar aurat ke liye bohot badi tanbeeh hai. Is se bhi agar wo aurat na
samjhe tou halki si maar ki ijazat hai. Lekin ye maar wehshiyana aur
zalimana na ho jaisa ki jahil logon ka watira yaani tareeqa hai.

Allâh Ta‟ala aur us ke Rasool ne iss zulm ki ijazat kisi mard ko nahi di
hai. Agar wo islah kar le tou phir rasta talash na karo yani maar peet na
karo yaani aurat ko tang na karo, ya talaq na do, goya talaq bilkul akhiri
marhala hai, jab koi aur chara yaani solution baqi na rahe.

Lekin mard is huq‟ ko bhi bohot na‟jaiz tariqe se istemal karte hain aur zara
zara si baat mein foran talaq de dalte hain aur apni zindagi bhi barbad karte
hain, aurat ki bhi aur bacche hon tou un ki bhi.

Beshak Allâh Ta‟ala hamesha se hi behad‟ buland aur bahut bada hai, Allâh
Ta‟ala ne apne A’ala’ aur Kabeer hone ka sha‟oor is liye dilaya hai ke jo
mard apne aap ko bada samajhte hain aur zulm karte hain wo zulm karne
se bachen agar wo aurat se zikr kiye gaye points ke reference se bade hain
tou Allâh Ta‟ala un se aur sab se bada hai.

Page | 23
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 35

Agar tumhen miyan biwi ke darmiya apas ki anban ka khauf ho tou

ak munsaf mard walo mein aur ak aurat ke gharwalon mein se
muqarrar karo. Agar ye dono sulah karna chahenge tou Allâh dono
mein milap kara dega, yaqenan Allâh Ta’ala poore Ilm wala aur poori
khabar wala hai.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein shohar aur biwi ki nafrat aur be‟zaari ka zikr hai ke agar in ki
nafrat itni badh jaye ke in ka Nikah touotne ka khatra ho jaye tou Islam ye
hukum deta hai ke khandan ke samajhdaar ko betahya jaye. Jis mein ak
mard ki taraf se aur ak aurat ki taraf se ho aur dono pehle sulah karwane ki
koshish karen aur khandani wiqar aur izaat ke hawale se, in ko aapsi
mohabbat ko qayam karne ko kahen. Agar shohar aur biwi islah ka iraada‟
rakhenge tou Allâh Ta‟ala ki meharbaani se in mein phir se ra‟abta‟ Allâh
Ta‟ala ki taqdeer ke base par ho jayega.

Yaqenan Allâh Ta‟ala poore Ilm wala aur poori khabar wala hai se murad
yahan wo poori insaniyat ko aisa sha‟oor dilana hai, jis se khandani
mu‟amle theek hon aur log apni islah karen.

Helpful Hints: In aayat 34 - 35 mein aagah kiya gaya aur shohar ko biwi
par ak darja fazilat de kar ghar ka sarbarah banaya gaya hai, kyun ke us ki
zimmedaari hai khandan ke poore kharche uthana.

Nek biwi isi liye shohar ki taábe daar hoti hain aur Allâh Taála ki hifazat ke
sahare shohar ke maal, aulad aur izzat o aabru ki hifazat karti hain.

Page | 24
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Allâh Taála niyat dekhta hai agar ye saaf hogi tou Allâh Taála in mein paida
huye bure haalaat mein bhi aapas mein muhabbat paida kar dega.

Page | 25
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

CHAPTER 2: SURAH AN-NISA’ (WOMEN) (AYAT 36 - 50)

AYAT 36 - 40: ISLAM KI MUA’SHARATI YAANI SOCIETAL TAALIMAAT KA KHULASA

Ayat 36

Aur Allâh Ta’ala ki ibadat karo aur us ke sath kisi ko shareek na

karo aur maa baap ke sath sulook o ahsaan karo aur rishtedaron se
aur yateemon se aur miskeenon se aur qarabat daar hamsaya se aur
ajnabi hamsa’e se. Aur pehlu ke sathi se. Aur raah ke musafir se aur
un se jin ke malik tumhare hath hain [ghulam, kaneez]. Yaqeenan
Allâh Ta’ala takabbur karne wale aur shaikhi khoron ko pasand nahi
farmata.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein insaani zindgi ki islah ke liye kuch points diye gaye hain;
1. Allâh Ta‟ala ki ibadat karo,
2. Allâh Ta‟ala ke sath kisi ko shareek na karo,
3. Maa baap ke sath sulook o ahsaan karo,
4. Rishtedaron se husn e sulook karo,
5. Yateemon se husn e sulook karo,
6. Miskeenon se husn e sulook karo,
7. Qarabat daar hamsaya se husn e sulook karo,
8. Ajnabi hamsa‟e se husn e sulook karo,
9. Pehlu ke sathi se husn e sulook karo,
10. Raah ke musafir se husn e sulook karo,
11. Husn e sulook karo un se, jin ke malik tumhare hath hain yaani
ghulam, kaneez,

Page | 26
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

12. Takabbur nahi karo aur

13. Shaikhi khor nahi bano

Is ayat mein Aljar, aljunabi, qarabat daar padosi ke muqable mein istemal
hua hai. Jis ke ma‟ani aisa padosi hain jis se qarabatdaari na ho. Matlab ye
he ke padosi se ba‟ hesiyat padosi ke husn e sulook kiya jaye aur rishtedaar
ho ya ghair rishtedar, jis tarha ke hadees mein bhi is ki badi takeed ki gayi
hai ke in sab se husn e sulook kiya jaye.

Is ayat mein pehlu ke sathi se murad rafeeq e safar, shareek e kaar, biwi
aur wo shakhs hai jo fayde ki ummid par kisi ki qurbat wa ham nasheeni
ikhteyar kare balke is mein wo log bhi aa sakte hain jinhe ilm ko seekhna ya
koi deeni ta‟leem lena ho ya koi kaam seekhne ke liye ya kisi karobari silsile
mein aap ke paas bethne ka moqa mile6.

Aur raah ke musafir se aur un se jin ke malik tumhare hath hain yaani
ghulam ya kaneez ke saath saath, ghar, dukan aur karkhanon, milon ke
mulazim aur naukar chaakar bhi aa jate hain. Ghulamon ke sath husn e
sulook ki badi takeed hadees mein aayi hai.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ko jo baaten ya cheezen behad na‟pasand hai

bayan kiya gaya hai. Allâh Ta‟ala takabbur karne walo ko aur shaikhi
khoron ko pasand nahi fermata hai. Fakhr aur ghuroor aur takabbur, Allâh
Ta‟ala ko sakht na‟ pasand hai.

Ak hadees mein yahan tak‟ aata hai ke “wo shakhs jannat mein nahi jayega
jis ke dil mein ra‟i ke dane ke barabar bhi kibr hoga” 7. Yahan kibr yaani
ghuroor ko bataur khas rejection yaani radd‟ kiya gaya hai aur is ko batane
ka ye maqsad hai ke Allâh Ta‟ala ki ibadat aur jin jin logon se husn e sulook
ki takeed ki gayi hai un se waisa hi kiya jaye yaani husn e sulook kiya jaye.

6 [Fatah Al Qadeer]
7[Sahih Muslim Kitab Al imaan Bab Tahreem Al Kibr o bayana Hadess No-
91]

Page | 27
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

In baatoun par aur ahkaam par, amal wahi shakhs kar sakta hai jis ka dil
kibr se khali hoga. Mutakabbir aur maghroor shakhs sahih ma‟non mein na‟
haq e ibadat ada kar sakta hai aur na apno aur bai‟ganon ke sath husn e
sulook ka ehtemaam kar sakta hai.

Ahsaan ka rawaiyya insaan ke ander tab paida hota hai jab wo maal ko
Allâh Ta‟ala ka inaam samajhte hain jis se un ke ander tawazo‟ aur shukr
guzari ka jazba‟ paida hota hai, jo unhein dusron par ahsaan ke liye tayyar
karta hai. Dusri taraf aise log jo maal ko apni mehnat ka natija aur apne
ooper fakhr ki tarah lete hain aur ghuroor mein aa jate hain bukhl ikhtiyar
karte hain tou Allâh Ta‟ala aise kamzarf logo ko na‟pasand karta hai.

Ayat 37

Jo log khud bakheeli karte hain aur dusron ko bhi bakheeli karne ko
kehte hain Allâh Ta’ala ne jo apna fazal inhe de rakha hai ise chipa
lete hain humne in kafiron ke liye zillat ki maar tayyar kar rakhi
hai.

Explanatory notes
Ulama‟ yahud apne ilm mein bukhl karte thay tou Allâh Ta‟ala ne ye ayat
nazil farmayi. Bakheel us ko kehte hain jo dusron ke huqooq ada‟ karne
mein kanjoos ho, yaani apne maal ko Allâh Ta‟ala ke hukum ke mutabiq
walideen mein rishtedaaron mein yateemon aur zaroorat mando‟ mein na
kharch kare, zakat na nikale jo ke Allâh Ta‟ala ka haq‟ hai. Aise log riya‟kaar
hote hain yaani dikhawe ke taur se kharch karte hain.
Is ayat ke zariye Allâh Ta‟ala ne wazahat farmayi hai ke, jo log khud
bakheeli karte hain aur dusron ko bhi bakheeli karne ko kehte hain, Allâh

Page | 28
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ta‟ala ne jo apna fazal inhe de rakha hai ise chipa lete hain tou Allâh Ta‟ala
ne aise hi kafiron ke liye zillat ki maar tayyar kar rakhi hai.
Allâh Ta‟ala ke fazal ko chupane se yahan murad ilm ko chupana hai.
Yahud ne Aap Nabi Kareem ki sifaat ko chupaya tha, jis ki daleelen
Tourat aur Injeel mein di huyi thi, aur un logon ne apne maal mein bukhl
kiya tha aur logo ko bukhl ka hukum bhi dete thay ke unhone Ansaar se
kaha ke apne maal ko Aap Nabi Kareem par kharch na karo kyun ke
ham tum par faqr se darte hain.

Ayat 38

Aur jo log apna maal logon ke dikhawe ke liye kharch karte hain aur
Allâh Ta’ala par aur qiyamat ke din par imaan nahi rakhte aur jis ka
ham nasheen aur sathi shaitan ho. Wo bad’tareen sathi hai.

Explanatory notes

Bukhl yani Allâh ki raah mein kharch na karna, ya kharch karna lekin
riyakari aur numaish ke liye karna. Ye donon baaten Allâh ko sakht na‟
pasand hain aur un ki nadamat ke liye yahi baat kaafi hai ke yahan Qur’ân
e kareem mein in dono batoun ko kafiron ka tareeqa aur in logon ki aadat
mein shumar bataya hai jo Allâh Ta‟ala par aur yaum e aakhirat par imaan
nahi rakhte tou aise hi logon ka saathi shaitan hai.

Allâh Ta‟ala ne is ayat ke zariye se ye wazeh kiya hai ke, achche akhlaq aur
achche a‟amaal ka ba‟es Allâh Ta‟ala par aur akhirat par imaan hai, aise log
Allâh Ta‟ala ki raah mein kharch kar ke logon se badle ka intizaar nahi
karte. Jab ke bure akhlaq aur bure a‟amaal ka ba‟es Allâh Ta‟ala par aur
akhirat par kufr karna hai, aur aise log Allâh Ta‟ala ki raah mein kharch

Page | 29
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

nahi karte balke in logon ko dikhane aur naam kamane ki hiras hoti hai.

Ayat 39

Bhala in ka kya nuqsan tha agar ye Allâh par aur qiyamat ke din par
imaan late hain aur Allâh Ta’ala ne jo inhe de rakha hai is mein se
kharch karte, Allâh Ta’ala inhe khoob janne wala hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne wazeh kiya hai ke imaan ka raasta hi mehfooz
raasta hai aur yahan Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke kya harj tha ke agar
ye Allâh par aur qiyamat ke din par imaan le aate aur riya‟kaari ko chod kar
Allâh Ta‟ala ne jo inhe de rakha hai is mein se kharch karte.
Allâh Ta‟ala inhe khoob janne wala hai se murad Allâh Ta‟ala Aleem hai aur
wo niyatoun ko khoob jaanta hai aur ye bhi us ke ikhtiyar mein hai ke kise
hidayat di jaye aur kise mehroom kiya jaye.

Ayat 40

Beshak! Allâh Ta’ala ak zarra barabar zulm nahi karta aur agar
naiki ho tou ise do guni kar deta hai aur khas apne paas se bada
sawab deta hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne apne insaaf karne ki azeem khabar di hai ke,
wo yaani Allâh Ta‟ala Aadil hai, zulm se paak hai aur wo kisi par bhi zarra
barabar zulm nahi karta hai aur Allâh Ta‟ala har ak ko is ke amal ka poora
poora badla dega.

Page | 30
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Hz. Umar [Link] hain, Airab yaani Arabi baddu dehaatiyon yaani
villege mein rehne walon ke bare mein Surat Al An’am ki ayat 160 utri;
Jo shakhs nek kaam karega us ko, is ke 10 guna milenge, aur jo
shakhs bura kaam karega us ko is ke barabar hi saza milegi aur un
par zulm na hoga…
Is ayat par kisi ne poocha phir mahajareen ke liye kya hai… Hz. Umar
[Link] jawab mein farmaya ke ak afzal ayat hai aur ye ayat padh kar
sunayi8; Aur agar naiki ho tou ise duguni kar deta hai aur khas apne
paas se bada sawab deta hai.
Allâh Ta‟ala ne yahan apne zarra barabar bhi zulm nahi karne ka sha‟oor
dilaya hai, ta‟aki log apni nekiyon ke harees ho jayen aur bure aamaal se
bachen, jis ka Allâh Ta‟ala bahut bada ajar ata‟ farmayega yahan ajar e
Azeem se murad jannat hai.
Helpful Hints: In aayat 36 - 40 mein phir se dusri baar (Surah Al Baqarah
ki aayat 83 ke baad) Allâh Ta‟ala islam ki societal taalimaat ka khulasa
bayan farma rahen hain ke;
1. Ibadat yaani bandgi sirf Allâh Ta‟ala se karo.
2. Walideen, qurabat daaron, yateemon, muhtaajon, padosiyon, saath
bethne walon, musafiron, kaneezon aur ghulamon ke saath husn e
sulook karo.
3. Allâh Ta‟ala aise logon ko pasand nahi farmata jo khud ko kuch
samajhte hain aur apni badhayi karte hain.
4. Kanjusi mat karo. Allâh Ta‟ala ki di huyi nematein insaan ke rehan
sehan mein mehsoos honi chahiye.
Insaan ka amal Allâh Ta‟ala ki raza aur aakhirat ke ajar ke liye hona
chahiye. Dikhawa is baat ko zahir karta hai ke insaan Allâh Ta‟ala aur
aakhirat par yaqeen nahi rakhta aur duniya walon se tareef ka talab gaar
hota hai.

8 Ibne Abi Hatim

Page | 31
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Allâh Ta‟ala ki shaan, rehmat ki mazhar hai, Allâh Ta‟ala ne duniya mein
neki ki taleem di hai aur roze qayamat na sirf neki ka Allâh Ta‟ala ajar dega
balke apne paas se inaamaat se bhi nawazega.

AYAT 41 - 42: ALLÂH KE RASOOL KI APNI UMMAT KE KHILAF GAWAHI

Ayat 41

Pas kya haal hoga jis waqt ke har ummat mein se ak gawah hum
layenge aur aap ko in logon par gawah bana kar layenge.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein wazahat di gayi hai ke har ummat mein se, is ka paighamber
Allâh Ta‟ala ki baargah mein gawahi dega ke;

Ya Allâh! Hum ne tou tera paigham apni qaum ko ponhcha diya tha, ab
inhone nahi mana tou hamara kya qasoor?

Phir in sab par Aap Nabi kareem gawahi denge ke;

Ya Allâh sachche hain….Aap Nabi kareem ye gawahi is Qur‟ân ki wajah

se denge jo Aap Nabi kareem par nazil hua aur jis me guzishta ambiya
aur in ki qaumon ki stouries bhi zaroorat ke hisab se bayan ki gayi.

Gawahi jab di jayegi tou ye ak sakht muqam hoga, is ka tasawwur hi larza

taari kar dene wala hai.

Hadees mein aata hai ke ak martaba Aap Nabi kareem ne Hazrat

Abdullah Bin Masood [Link] Qur‟ân sun‟ne ki khuwahish zahir farmayi, wo
sunate huye jab is aayat par ponhche,

Pas kya haal hoga jis waqt ke har ummat mein se ek gawah ham layenge aur
aap ko in logon par gawah bana kar layenge…

Page | 32
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

tou Aap Nabi kareem ne farmaya bas ab kaafi hai.

Hazrat Ibn e Masood R.A. farmate hain ke mein ne dekha tou Aap Nabi
kareem ki dono aankhon se aansu rawan thay9.

Baaz log kehte hain ke gawahi wo hi de sakta hai, jo sab kuch aankhon se
dekhe. Is liye ye log “Shahid” yaani gawah, ke ma‟ani hazir nazir, ke karte
hain, aur is taraha Aap Nabi Kareem ko bhi hazir nazir karte hain
bawar karate hain.

Lekin Aap Nabi Kareem ko hazir nazir samajhna, ye Aap Nabi Kareem
ko Allâh ki sifat mein shareek karna hai, jo shirk hai, kyun ke hazir
nazir sirf Allâh Ta‟ala ki sifat hai.

Shahid ke lafz se in logo ki daleel apne ander koi quwwat nahi rakhti. Is liye
ke shahadat yaqeeni ilm ki buniyad par bhi hoti hai aur Qur‟ân mein bayan
kardah haqa’iq o waqe’aat se ziyadah yaqeeni ilm kis ka ho sakta hai?

Isi yaqeeni ilm ki buniyad par khud Ummat e Mohammdiya ko bhi Qur‟ân ne
Shohada’ alan na’as yaani tamam kaayenaat ke logon par gawah kaha hai.
Agar gawahi ke liye haazir o nazir hona zaroori hai tou phir Ummat e
Mohammdiya ke har fard ko hazir o nazir man‟na padega.

Beher‟hal Aap Nabi Kareem ke bare mein ye aqeeda mushrikana aur

be‟buniyad hai.

Is ayat ke zariye se ye janna zaroori hai ke, Aap Nabi Kareem ko gawah
bana ke khada kiya jayega aur saabit kar diya jayega ke Allâh ki taraf se ye
paigham insaaniyat tak‟ pohcha diya gaya aur is tarah se jurm saabit hone
ke baad mujrimo ko jahnnum mein jhonk dene ka faisla kiya jayega.

9 Sahi Bukhari:4582

Page | 33
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 42

Jis roz kaafir aur Rasool ke na’farman, aarzo karenge ke kaash!

Inhe zameen ke sath hamwaar kar diya jata aur Allâh Ta’ala se koi
baat na chipa sakenge.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein kafiron aur Rasool ke na‟farmano ki aarzoo ka zikr kiya
gaya hai, jo ak dil hila dene wali tasweer hai, yahan Allâh Ta‟ala farma
rahen hain ke Jis roz kaafir aur Rasool ke na’farman aarzu karenge ke
kaash! Inhe zameen ke sath hamwaar kar diya jata…. kyun ke is din koi bhi
apne dil ki baat Allâh Ta‟ala se chupa nahi sakega.
Allâh Ta‟ala ne yahan hashr ke maidan ki wehshat ko insaan ki tamanna
mein rakh diya hai ke is din logon ki aarzoo‟en badal jayengi. Wo insan jo
marna nahi chahta, kal ki tamanna mein khuwahishon ke peeche bhaagta
rehta hai wo tamanna karega ke kaash zameen is par barabar kar di jaye,
lekin is kefiyat ki wajah se wo Allâh Ta‟ala se kuch bhi apne jazbaat chupa
nahi payenge.
Helpful Hints: In aayat 41 - 42 mein larza dene wala subject hai ke roz e
qayamat har ummat par us ke Rasool ba‟tour gawah laye jayenge aur Nabi
Kareem ko apni ummat ke khilaf ba‟tour gawah ke laya jayega. Aap
Nabi Kareem gawahi denge ke Aye Allâh mein ne in tak‟ aap ka deen
pohcha diya tha. Ab in ki zimmedaari hai ke amal kiya ya nahi!
Aap Nabi Kareem ko apni ummat se bahut muhabbat thi. Jin logon ne
Aap Nabi Kareem ki risalat ka inkaar kiya aur na‟farmani ki, roz e
qayamat us ko kiye ka poora hisab diya jayega.

Page | 34
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

AYAT 43: SHARAB KI HURMAT KE HAWALE SE DUSRA HUKUM

Ayat 43

Aye Imaan walo! Jab tum nashe mein mast ho, namaz ke qareeb na
jao. Jab tak’ ke apni baat ko samjhne na lago aur janabat ki halat
mein jab tak’ ke ghusl na kar lo. Haan agar raah chalte guzar jaane
wale hon tou aur baat hai. Agar tum beemar ho ya safar mein ho ya
tum se koi qaza e haajat se aaya ho ya tum ne aurtoun se mubashirat
ki ho aur tumhen pani na mile tou paak mitti ka qasd karo aur apne
munh or apne hath mal lo. Beshak Allâh Ta’ala muaf karne wala,
bakhshne wala hai.

Explanatory notes

Ye hukum us waqt diya gaya tha jab sharab ki hurmat nazil nahi hui thi. Is
liye ak dawat mein sharab naushi ke baad jab namaz ke liye khade huye tou
nashe mein Qur‟ân ke alfaaz bhi ghalat padhe gaye10, jis par ye aayat nazil
huyi ke Aye Imaan walo! Jab tum nashe mein mast ho, namaz ke qareeb na
jao… yaani nashe ki halat mein namaz mat padha karo. Goya is waqt sirf
namaz ke waqt ke qareeb sharab naushi se mana kiya gaya. Bilkul
mumani‟at aur hurmat ka hukum is ke baad nazil hua. Ye sharab ki babat
dusra hukum hai jo shart ke saath kiya gaya. Jab tak’ ke apni baat ko
samjhne na lago.

10
[Tafseel ke liye dekhiye Tirmizi, tafseer Surah Al Nisa‟]

Page | 35
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Aur janabat ki halat mein jab tak’ ke ghusl na kar lo… se murad yahan
na‟paki hai ke, na‟paaki ki haalat mein bhi namaz mat padho, kyun ke
namaz ke liye taharat yaani purity bohot zaroori hai.

Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, Haan agar raah chalte guzar jane wale
hon tou aur baat hai… Is ka matlab ye nahi ke musafiri ki halat mein agar
pani na mile tou janabat ki halat mein hi namaz padh lo jaisa ke baaz ne
kaha hai.

Ulama‟ aksiriyat yaani majority ke nazdeek is ka matlab ye hai ke janabat ki

halat mein tum masjid ke ander mat betho, albat‟ta masjid ke ander se
guzarne ki zaroorat pade tou guzar sakte ho.

Dar‟haqeeqat us zamane mein baaz sahaba ke makaan/ghar is tarah thay

ke inhe har soorat mein Masjid e Nabwi ke ander se guzar kar jana padta
tha. Ye ijaazat inhi sahaba ke paish e nazar di gayi11, warna musafir ka
hukum aage aa raha hai.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, Agar tum beemar ho ya safar
mein ho ya tum se koi qaza e haajat se aaya ho ya tum ne aurtoun se
mubasirat ki ho aur tumhen pani na mile tou paak mitti ka qasd karo aur
apne munh aur apne hath mal lo….is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya haia ke;

1. Beemari se murad yahan wo beemar hai jise wuzu karne se nuqsan

ya beemari mein izafe ka andesha ho.

2. Is ke saath is baat ka bhi zikr kiya gaya ke, musafir aam hai yaani
lamba safar ho ya mukhtasir, agar pani dasteyab na ho tou
tayam‟mum karne ki ijazat hai. Pani na milne ki soorat, ye ijazat
muqeem yaani residing ko bhi hasil hai. Lekin beemar aur musafir ko
chu‟nke is qism ki zaroorat aam taur par paish aati thi is liye bataur e
khas in ke liye yahan ye ijazat bayan kar di gayi. Tayam‟mum ka
matlab iraada karna hai, jo paani nahi milne ki soorat mein paakizgi

11 [Ibn e kaseer]

Page | 36
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

haasil karne ke irada ke liye zameen ki zahiri satah‟/paak mitti12 ka jo

hamare liye Ta‟har yaani paakizgi ka zariya‟ banayi gayi hai, ka
istimaal hota hai.

3. Qaza e haajat se aane wala

4. Biwi se mubashirat karne waala, in ko bhi pani na milne ki soorat

mein tayam‟mum kar ke namaz padhne ki ijazat hai. Tayam‟mum ka
tariqa ye hai ke ak hi martaba hath zameen par maar kar kalai tak
dono hath ek dusre par phair le. [Kohniyon tak zaroori nahi] aur
munh par bhi phair le13.

Aap Nabi Kareem ne tayam‟mum ke bare mein farmaya ke, ye donon

hatheliyon aur chehre ke liye ak hi martaba maarna hai.

Yahan Saeed at Tayba se murad paak mitti hai, zameen se nikalne

wali har cheez nahi jesa ke baaz ka khyaal hai aur Ahadees mein is ki
mazeed wazahat kar di gayi hai14. Jab ham ko pani na mile tou zameen ki
mitti hamare liye pakeezgi ka zariya bana di gayi hai.

Beshak! Allâh Ta‟ala muaf karne wala, bakhshne wala hai, Allâh Ta‟ala
Ghafoor aur Raheem hai.

Helpful Hints: Is aayat 43 mein sharab ki hurmat ke hawale se dusra

hukum hai. Pehla hukum Surah Al Baqarah 2:219 mein hai ke sharab mein
gunah bhi hai aur fayeda bhi, gunah ziyadah hai aur fayeda bahut kam.

Ab is ayat 43 mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke sharab ki halat mein
na‟paaki ki halat mein, namaz ke qareeb mat‟ jao, masjid na jao.

12 Ibne Kaseer
13 Masnad Ahmad-263
14 [Sahih muslim – Kitab Al Masajid]

Page | 37
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Paani na mile tou tayam‟mum kar ke namaz padhne ki ijazat hai.

Tayam‟mum ka tariqa ye hai ke, ak hi martaba hath zameen par maar kar
kalai tak‟ dono hath ak dusre par phair le [Kohniyon tak zaroori nahi] aur
munh par bhi phair le.

AYAT 44 - 47: YAHUD KI GHATIYA HARKAAT

Ayat 44

Kya tum ne nahi dekha, jinhe kitab ka kuch hissa diya gaya hai, wo
gumrahi khareedte hain aur chahte hain ke tum bhi raah se bhatak
jao.

Explanatory notes
Is aayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke yahudiyon ki ak aur ghatiya
harkat ye hai ke wo Allâh Ta‟ala ke diye huye ilm ko logon se sirf zara se
duniyawi fayed eke liye chupa rahen hain. Aap Nabi Kareem ki aamad ki
basharaten padhte hain lekin batate nahi hain aur saath hi ye bhi chahte hain ke
musalman bhi raah raast se bhatak jaayen.

Is aayat mein se murad yahan Allâh Ta‟ala ke dushman

yahud hain jo gumarahi khreedte hain15, Al kitab se murad Tourat hai.
Allâh Ta‟ala ki kitab kisi giroh ko is liye di jaati hai ke wo is se apne amal ko
Allâh Ta‟ala ki guidance ke mutabiq dusrust kar len.

Is aayat mein se murad bhi yahud hain inhone kitab e ilahi ka ak

hissa gum kar diya tha. In ko Allâh Ta‟ala ki kitab mili lekin inhone amal
nahi kiya, is liye yahan is ayat mein ye keh ke zikr kiya gaya ke kitab mein
se ak hissa diye gaye yaani in logon ne kitab ko, is ke alfaz aur Ruh‟ dono ke

15 Tafseer Jame‟ al Bayan

Page | 38
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

aitba‟r se nahi liya aur is liye yahan ye kaha gaya hai ke wo log yaani yahudi
gumaraahi khareed‟te hain.
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala musalmano ko khabardaar kar rahe hain ke,
yahudi chahte hain ke tum bhi raasta gum kar do. Aur un jaise gumarah ho
jao.

Ayat 45

Allâh Ta’ala tumhare dushmanon ko khoob janne wala hai aur Allâh
Ta’ala ka dost hona kafi hai aur Allâh Ta’ala ka madadgar hona bas
hai.

Explanatory notes
Ye aayat pichli aayat number 44 ko mukammal kar rahi hai aur mein zikr ki
gayi baat yahan poori ho rahi hai.
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne musalmano ko tasalli di hai ke Allâh Ta‟ala
tumhare dushmanon ko khoob janta hai aur tumhare liye Allâh Ta‟ala hi
kaafi dost hai aur Allâh Ta‟ala hi kaafi madadgar kaafi hai, Allâh Ta‟ala un
logon ki har koshish ko na‟kaam bana dega.
Haq‟ aur baatil ki Jang mein Allâh Ta‟ala farmate hain ke tum akele nahi ho
wo tumhare saath hai aur madadgaar hai.
Yahan Allâh Ta‟ala ne apne Wali aur Naseer hone ka sha‟oor dilaya hai.

Page | 39
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 46

Baaz yahood kalimat ko un ki theek thak jagah se hair phair kar

dete hain aur kehte hain ke humne suna aur nafarmani ki aur suna
is ke baghair ke tu suna jaye. Aur hamari riaa’yat kar [lekin is kehne
mein] apni zaban ko paich dete hain aur deen mein tana dete hai aur
agar ye log kehte ke humne suna aur humne farmanbardari ki aap
suniye hame dekhiye tou ye un ke liye bohot behtar aur nihayat hi
munasib tha, lekin Allâh Ta’ala ne in ke kufr se inhe laanat ki hai
pas ye bohot hi kam imaan late hain.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein wazahat di gayi ke un logon mein se jo yahudi huye, wo baaton

ko in ki jagah se pher dete, yahan yahudiyon ki shararatoun ka bayan hai
ke wo kehte;

“ Ham ne suna aur Ham ne na‟farmani ki” aur tum suno

ke tumhe na sunaya jaye aur hamari ria‟yat karo!

Apni zuban ko modte huye kehte hain aur deen mein taunt karte huye
kehte hain.

Agar wo kehte; “ Ham ne suna aur ham ne ata‟at ki aur

aap suniye aur ham par nazar karam kijiye”…ye sab yahudion ki
nazar mein ziyadah behtar hota.

Page | 40
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Yahudi ye dil mein kehte, ya apne sathiyon se kehte ya himmat ko show

karte huye munh par kehte ya kabhi bad‟dua ke taur par kehte ke teri baat
qubool na ho.

Raaina ki babat yaad kariye aap log jis ka bayan Surah Al Baqara ayat-104
mein diya gaya hai;

Aye ahle imaan! (Taleem ke waqt Allâh ke Rasool se) Raina na kaha
karo (hamari riya’at kijiye ) balki Unzurna (hamari taraf nazar kijiye)
kaha karo. Aur khoob suno, (theek se suna karo..) Aur kafiron ke liye
dard’naak azaab hai16.

Yahan is ayat (46) mein wazahat di gayi hai ke, yahud mein imaan lane wale
bohot hi qaleel yaani kam hain, pehle guzar chuka hai ke yahood mein se
imaan lane walon ki tadad 10 tak bhi nahi ponhchi. Ya ye bhi murad hai ke
bohot hi kam baaton par yahudi imaan laate.

Jab ke imaan naa‟fe ye hai ke sab baaton par imaan laya jaye.

Ayat 47

Aye ahle kitab jo kuch ham ne nazil farmaya, jo is ki tasdeeq karne

wala hai jo tumhare paas hai is par imaan lao is se pehle ke ham
chehre bigaad den aur inhe ulta kar peeth ki taraf kar den. Ya in par
laanat bhejen jese humne hafte ke din walon par laanat ki. Aur hai
Allâh ka kaam kiya gaya.

16 Surah Al Baqara 2:104

Page | 41
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Explanation:
Is ayat e kareema‟ mein Allâh Ta‟ala yahud aur nasrani ko hukum deta hai
ke wo (yahud) is kitab (Qur‟an) par imaan le aayen jo Rasool Allâh par
utari hai aur un basharatoun ki tasdeeq karti hai jo in ki kitabon mein hai.
Agar wo aisa nahi karenge tou ham (Allâh Ta‟ala) un ki sooraten badal
denge17. Is ayat mein wazeh kar diya gaya ke, agar Allâh chahe tou tumhe
tumhare kartuton ke badle mein ye saza de sakta hai.

Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, is se pehle ke ham chehron ko mita den
phir unhein pushtoun yaani peeche ki taraf louta den yahan bander bana
den ke bhi ma‟ani mein liya ja sakta hai aur is se ye murad bhi ho sakti hai
ke Allâh Ta‟ala in ke dil dimagh se hidayat aur baseerat ke aasaar hamesha
ke liye mita de aur phir se inhein kufr ke andhere mein hamesha ke liye
daal de ya inhe laanata kar de jaise Allâh Ta‟ala ne “Sabt walon” par ki thi;

1. Laanat be‟hisi ki aakhiri soorat hai. Jab insan ki be‟hisi is had‟ tak‟
pohch jaye ke is ko haq na‟haq ki tameez na rahe tou ye hi laanat hai.

2. Apne hukum ki na‟farmani ki wajah se Allâh Ta‟ala ne hafte ke din ki

hurmat ko pa‟maal karne walon ko bander bana diya.

Aur Allâh Ta‟ala ka hukum hamesha se ho kar rehne wala hai Yani jab wo
kisi baat ka hukum kar de tou na koi is ki mukhalifat kar sakta hai aur na
koi ise rok hi sakta hai.

Helpful Hints: In aayat 44 - 47 mein yahud ki kuch ghatiya harakatoun ka

bayan hai. Wo jaan boojh kar hidayat ka raasta chod kar gumraahi ke
raaste par chale aur Allâh ke Rasool ki shaan mein ghalat bayani ki
jaise;

(Ham ne suna aur maan liya) ke bajaé (Ham ne

suna aur nahi maana), (Ham par nazre inayat kijiye) ke

17 Mukhtasar Ibne Kaseer-328/1

Page | 42
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

bajaé (Hamare charwahe) aur (Aur suniye) ke saath (na

sunne wale hote) keh kar apne ander ki burayi ka izhaar karte thay.

Is ayat mein yahud ko khabardaar kiya gaya hai ke tumhari khair isi mein
hai ke Qur‟ân Majeed par imaan le aao is se pehle ki ham yaani Allâh Ta‟ala
in ki soorat badal de, un ka rukh pher de ya phir la‟nat farma de theek un
logon ki tarah jin logon ne Sabt ka Qanoon nahi follow kiya tha18.

AYAT 48: SHIRK NA’QABILE MUAFI JURM

Ayat 48

Yaqeenan Allâh Ta’ala apne sath shareek kiye jaane ko nahi

bakhshta aur is ke siwa jise chahe bakhsh deta hai. Aur jo Allâh
Ta’ala ke sath shareek muqarrar kare us ne bohot bada gunah aur
bohtan bandha.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein wazeh kar diya gaya hai ke Allâh Ta‟ala apne sath shareek kiye
jane ko nahi bakhshta aur is ke siwa jise chahe bakhsh deta hai. Is ka
matlab hai ke aise gunah jin se momin tauba kiye baghair mar jaye, kyun
ke Allâh Ta‟ala baghair tauba, shirk ko bhi muaf nahi karega.

Allâh Ta‟ala agar kisi ke liye chahega, tou baghair kisi qism ki saza diye
muaf farma dega aur bohot se logon ko Aap Nabi Kareem ki shafa‟at
par muaf farma dega. Lekin shirk kisi soorat mein muaf nahi hoga kyun ke
mushrik par Allâh ne jannat haram kar di hai. Shirk jurm e azeem hai,
Hadees mein ise sab se bada gunah qarar diya gaya hai, kyun ke is ko

18 Surah Aáraaf- Aayaat 163 to 166

Page | 43
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

karne se Allâh Ta‟ala aur bande‟ ke darmiyan jo raabta hota hai wo touot
jaata hai.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne mushrik ko hamesha ka azaab aur sawab se

mehroomi ki wa‟eed yaani saza sunayi hai.

Helpful Hints: Is aayat 48 mein waéed sunayi gayi hai ke Allâh Ta‟ala shirk
karne walon ko muaf nahi farmayega. Is ke alawa jis gunah ko chahega
muaf farma dega.

Allâh Ta‟ala apni zaat, sifaat aur huqooq ke aitbar se yakta‟ hai. Is ke saath
kisi ko shirk karna zulm azeem hai aur Allâh Ta‟ala par bohtan baandhna
hai. Rasool Allâh farmate hain tumhein sab se bada kabeerah gunah
batata hun wo Allâh Ta‟ala ke saath shirk karna hai phir Aap Nabi Kareem
ne is aayat ka aakhiri hissa tilawat farmaya.

AYAT 49 - 55: YAHUD KE MAZEED JARAÉM

Ayat 49

Kya aap ne inhe nahi dekha jo apni pakeezgi aur sata’ish khud karte
hain, balke Allâh Ta’ala jise chahe pakeeza karta hai kisi par ak
dhaage ke barabar zulm na kiya jaega.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat e kareema‟ mein Yahud aur Nasara ki us baat ka inkar kiya gaya hai
jis ke liye wo hamesha apne aap ko bahut pure aur ma‟soom samajhte, in ki
tardeed ki gayi hai yaani radd‟ kiya gaya hai ke kisi ko paak baaz insan
qarar dena sirf aur sirf Allâh Ta‟ala ke haath mein hai. Yahood apne munh
miyan mit‟thu bante thay maslan ham Allâh ke bête aur is ke chaheete hain
waghera aur kehte thay ke jannat mein sirf yahud jaayenge ya nasrani.

Page | 44
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Allâh ne farmaya paak karne aur purity dene ka ikhteyar Allâh ko hai aur is
ka ilm bhi isi ko hai.

“Fateel” khajoor ki ghuthli ke katao par jo dhage ya soot ki tarah nikalta ya

dikhayi deta hai is ko kaha jata hai. Yani itna sa zulm bhi nahi kiya jayega.

Aaj ke daur mein musalman bhi apne aap ko bahut bade khandan ka
batate hain aur paak qarar dete hain, apne aap ko Sayyad aur Aal e Sayyad
qarar dete hain ke ham pusht dar‟pust aa‟la khandan ke log hain.

Aap Nabi Kareem ki taaleem ke mutabiq jo shakhs apne aap ko bure

akhlaq aur bure aamal se paak kare, Allâh Ta‟ala ne aise logo ke liye
farmaya hai ke, be‟shak! wo kamyab hua19.

Helpful Hints: Is liye apni paakizgi bayan na karo aur na da‟we karo Allâh
Ta‟ala khoob jan‟ne wala hai….us ko, jis ne Taqwa ikhtiyar kiya.

Ayat 50

Dekho ye log kis tarah Allâh Ta’ala par jhoot bandhte hain, aur ye
[harkat] gunah hone ke liye kaafi hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein jhoot bandhne se murad apni purity ka da‟waa karna hai. Allâh
Ta‟ala yahan farma rahen hain ke, Aap (Nabi Kareem ) dekhiye! ye log
kis tarah Allâh Ta‟ala par jhoot bandhte hain aur ye harkat in ka gunah
zahir hone ke liye kaafi hai. Yani in ki ye harkat apni pakeezgi ka da‟awa
karne aur in ke jhoot ko zahir karne ke liye kaafi hai.

19 Tafseer Anwar al Bayan

Page | 45
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Qur’ân e kareem ki is aayat aur is ke shaan aur nuzool ki riwayaat se

maloom hua ke ek dusre ki taareef karna khaas taur se tazkiya e nafs yaani
apne baatin ki paaki ka daawa karna sahih aur jaa‟iz nahi.
Isi baat ko Qur‟ân e kareem ke dusre muqaam par isi tarah farmaya gaya
hai ke;
Aur un logon ko jo bade gunahon se bachte hain aur be’hayai se bhi
siwa’e kisi chote gunah ke. Beshak tera Rab’ bahut kushadah’
maghfirat wala hai, wo tumhe ba’khoobi jaanta hai, jab ke is ne
tumhe zameen se paida kiya aur jab ke tum apni ma’aon ke pait mein
bachche thay. Pas! Tum apni paakizgi aap bayan na karo. Wo hi
parhez’gaaron ko khoob jaanta hai20.
Is ayat mein wazeh taur se kaha jar aha hai ke, apne nafson ki pakeezgi aur
sata‟ish mat karo, Allâh Ta‟ala hi janta hai tum mein muttaqi kaun hai?
Hadees mein hai Hazrat Maqdad [Link] karte hain ke, Nabi Kareem
ne ham ko hukum diya ke hum tareef karne walon ke chehron par
mitti daal den21.
Ak aur hadees mein hai ke Rasool Allâh ne ak aadmi ko ak dusre
aadmi ki tareef karte huye suna tou Aap Nabi Kareem ne farmaya,
afsos hai tujh par touo ne apne sathi ki gardan kaat di phir farmaya, ke
agar tum mein se kisi ko kisi ki la muhala tareef karni hai tou is tarha kaha
kare, mein ise is tarah guman karta hun. Allâh par kisi ka tazkiya bayan na
kare22.

20 [Al Najam 53:32]

21 [Sahih Muslim, Kitab Al Zahar]
22 [Sahih Bukhari]

Page | 46
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

CHAPTER 3: SURAH AN-NISA’ (WOMEN) (AYAT 51 - 70)

AYAT 49 - 55: YAHUD KE MAZEED JARAÉM

Ayat 51

Kya aap ne inhe nahi dekha jinhe kitab ka kuch hissa mila hai? Jo
but’ ka aur batil maabood ka ae’teqaad rakhte hain aur kafiron ke
haq mein kehte hain ke ye log imaan walon se zyada raah rast par
hain.

Explanatory notes

Is Aayat mein yahudiyon (Ahle kitab) ke ek aur fail par ta‟ajjub ka izhaar
kiya ja raha hai ke, ahle kitab hone ke ba‟wajud ye Jabat yaani bu‟t, Ka‟hin
ya Sa‟hir jis ka matlab jhoote maaboo‟d hain, par imaan rakhte aur Kuffar e
Makkah ko Musalmanon se ziyada hidayat yafta samjhte hain. Jabat ke ye
sare mazkoora ma‟ani yahan kiye gaye hain.

Ak hadees mein aata hai, parinde uda kar, khat kheench kar, bad‟faali aur
bad‟shaguni lena‟ yaani ye sab shaitani kaam hain aur yahood mein ye
cheezen aam thin yaani ak kitab hone ke ba‟wajud saari badáamaliyan
karte thay.

Taghoot ke ak ma‟ani shaitan bhi kiye gaye hain‟, dar‟asal ma’boodan e ba’til
ki parastish aur shaitan hi ki pairwi hai. Is liye shaitan bhi yaqeenan
taghoot mein shamil hai.

Page | 47
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 52

Yahi wo log hain jinhe Allâh Ta’ala ne la’nat ki hai aur jise Allâh
Ta’ala la’nat kar de tou us ka koi madadgaar na payega.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein yahud ke bare mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne ye haqeeqat wazeh ki hai
ke wo Allâh Ta‟ala ki taraf se la‟nat ke mustahiq hain aur jis par Allâh Ta‟ala
la‟nat kar den us ka koi madad gaar nahi ho sakta.
La‟nat ka matlab ye hai ke insan Allâh Ta‟ala ki rehmat aur madad se dur
kar diya jaaye. Yahan ham pichli aayat ko bhi mila kar baat poori karte hain
ke, Yahud, Allâh Ta‟ala ki la‟nat ke mustahiq is liye huye ke, unhone Kuffar
e Makkah ko Musalmanon par tarjeeh di, jo Aap Nabi Kareem par
imaan laye thay. In logon ne deen e islam aur Aap Nabi Kareem ki
sadaqat ka ilm rakhte huye bhi ye baat is liye kahi taa‟ke Mushrikeen Makka
in ka saath den.
Chunanche, in ki ye khuwahish zahiri taur se kamyab rahi aur Makka ke
charon taraf ke kuffar musalmanon ke khilaf touot pade aur Gazwa e
Ahzaab ke liye jama‟ ho gaye23. Is se musalmano aur City Makka ko itna
bada khatra lahaq‟ ho gaya ke Aap Nabi Kareem ko Madina kafiron se
bachao ke liye khandaq‟ khodna padi.
Lekin Allâh Ta‟ala ne musalmano ki hifazat farmayi aur mehaz‟ apne reham
o karam se dushmano ko bhaga diya.
Is ayat mein Allah Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, Yahi wo log hain jinhe Allâh
Ta’ala ne la’nat ki hai aur jise Allâh Ta’ala la’nat kar de tou us ka koi
madadgaar na payega….Ye ayat Allâh Ta‟ala ki ja‟nib se naarazgi aur
Rehmat se dur kar dene ki intiha‟ hai.

23 Para 4, Islamic History

Page | 48
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Helpful Hints: Kisi musalman par “La’nat” karna haram hai aur kafir par
bhi isi soorat mein ki ja sakti hai ke ye yaqeen ho ki wo kufr par hi apni
mout ko paye.
Aap Nabi Kareem farmate hain ke, Momin wo nahi jo ta‟ana baaz ho,
la‟anat baaz ho aur bad‟go ho.

Ayat 53

Kya in ka koi hissa saltanat mein hai? Agar aisa ho tou phir ye kisi
ko ak khajoor ki ghuthli ke shigaaf ke barabar bhi kuch na den.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat e kareema‟ mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne yahudion ke bukhl ka haal bayan

farmaya hai. Is ayat mein inkar hai inhein logon ke liye ke, Allâh Ta‟ala ki
badshahi yaani ikhtiyar aur iqtidar mein in ka koi hissa nahi hai. Agar is
mein in ka kuch hissa hota tou ye yahood itne bakheel hain ke logon ko
khaas taur se Hazrat Mohammad ko itna bhi na dete jis se khajoor ki
guthli ka shighaaf hi pur yaani bhar jata

“Naqeeran” is nuqte ko kehte hain jo khajoor ki guthli ke oopar hota hai.

Ayat 54

Ya ye logon se hasad karte hain us par jo Allâh Ta’ala ne apne fazl se

unhe diya hai. Pas humne tou aal e Ibrahim ko kitab aur hikmat bhi
di hai aur badi saltanat bhi ata farmayi.

Page | 49
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Explanatory notes
Is ayat e kareema‟ mein yahudiyon ke bukhl ka haal jo pehle bayan kiya
gaya hai ke baad in ki dusri buri khaslat ka bayan farmaya gaya hai, jo
Hasad hai.
Dusre aadmi ki ne‟mat ke zawal ki khuwahish karna hasad kehlata hai jo
haram hai24.
Aap Nabi Kareem ka irshad hai ke tum aapas mein bughz aur hasad
na karo aur na hi ak dusre se pusht phero, balke Allâh ke bande aur ak
dusre ke bhai ban jao aur ja‟ez nahi kisi ke liye, ke wo apne bhai se 3 din se
ziyadah tark e talluq kare22.

Yahudi is baat par hasad karte ke Allâh Ta‟ala ne Bani Israel ko chod kar
dusron mein yaani Bani Ismael mein Nabi kyun banaya?

Yahan aakhiri Nabi, Aap Nabi Kareem ko Nabuwwat Allâh Ta‟ala ka

sab se bada fazal hai.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, Yaqeenan, hum ne Aal e
Ibrahim ko kitab aur hikmat bhi di hai aur badi saltanat bhi ata farmayi hai.
Yahan ye wazeh kiya gaya hai ke jab bhi kisi qoum ko Allâh Ta‟ala kitab aur
hikmat ata‟ fermate hain aur wo log sachchi shukr guzari ke saath is ne‟mat
ko qubool karen tou Allâh Ta‟ala in ko Khilafat bhi ata‟ karte hain.

Yahud ka ye hasad isi wajah se tha ke wo jaante thay ke zameen ki

badshahat Qur’ân e Kareem ke saath bandhi huyi hai.

Ayat 55

Phir is mein se baaz ne is kitab ko maana aur baaz is se ruk gaye.

Aur jahannum ka jalana kaafi hai.

24 Muslim

Page | 50
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala sawaliya taur se yahud se mukhatib hain ke;
Kya phir in mein se koi hai jo is par yaani Aap Nabi Kareem ki
nabuwwat par aur Qur’ân par imaan laya?
Jab ke kuch ne is kitab ko maan liya aur kuch is par imaan lane se ruk
gaye. Jin logon ne Allâh Ta‟ala ki raah se logon ko roka aur khud bhi munh‟
mod gaye hain un ke liye jahannum ka jalana kaafi hai.

Is ayat mein wazeh kar diya gaya hai ke, Banu Israel ko, Allâh Ta‟ala ne
chuna tha jo Hazrat Ibrahim Alahissalam ki zurriyat aur aal mein se hain,
Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, ham ne inhein nabuwwat bhi di aur badi
saltanant aur badshahi bhi di.

Phir bhi yahood ke log in par yaani Aap Nabi Kareem aur Qur‟ân par
imaan nahi laye, kuch imaan laaye aur kuch ne aeraaz kiya yaani munh
pher liya. Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, Aye Mohammad ! Agar ye
Aap ki nabuwwat par imaan nahi la rahe tou koi anokhi baat nahi hai, in ki
tou tareekh hi nabiyon ki takzeeb se bhari padi hai hat‟ta ke apni nasl ke
nabiyon par bhi imaan nahi laye.

In yahood mein se kuch Aap Nabi Kareem par imaan laye aur kuch ne
in kaar kiya. In munkareen e nabuwwat ka anjaam akhir kaar jahannam hi
hai. Yahan is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne Aap Nabi Kareem ko tasalli di
hai.

Helpful Hints: In aayat 49 - 55 mein yahud ke mazeed jaraém ko bayan

kiya gaya hai ke, wo apni paakizgi ko bahut badha chadha kar batate hain,
Allâh Taála ki taraf jhooti baatein mansoob karte hain, musalmano ke
muqabile mein mushrikeen ke aqaéd ko sahi qarar dete hain aur
musalmano se hasad karte hain.

Allâh Taála ne in aayaat mein yahudiyon ko yaad dilaya ke jis tarah tum Hz.
Ibrahim Alahissalam ki aal mein se ho, usi tarah Hz. Muhammad bhi
un ki aal mein se hain.

Page | 51
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Lihaza, Allâh Taála ne Aal e Ibrahim mein se pehle tumhein ne‟matein nazil
farmayin aur ab bhi Aal e Ibrahim hi mein se Hz. Muhammad aur un ke
saathiyon par inayaat ho rahi hain.

Albat‟ta Aal e Ibrahim mein se jo log Allâh Taála ki ne‟matoun ki qadar

karenge Allâh Taála unhei apne fazal se nawazega aur jo na‟shukri karega
wo jahannum ka indhan banenge.

AYAT 56: JAHANNUM MEIN JALI HUYI KHAAL KO NAYI KHAAL SE BADAL DIYA JAYEGA

Ayat 56

Jin logon ne hamari aayatoun se kufr kiya, unhe hum yaqeenan aag
mein daal denge. Jab in ki khalen pak jayengi hum in ke siwa aur
khalen badal denge ta’ke wo azaab chakhte rahen. Yaqeenan Allâh
Ta’ala ghalib hikmat wala hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein kufr karne walon ka zikr yahudi hain, jinhone Aap Nabi
Kareem ki nabuwwat ka inkar kiya. Is ka matlab yahan ye hai ke
jahannum mein ahle kitaab ke munkareen hi nahi jayenge balke deegar
tamam kuffar ka thikana bhi jahannum hi hai.

Ye jahannum ke azab ki sakhti aur tasalsul yaani continuity ka bayan hai.

Sahaba karam se manqool hai jis mein bataya gaya hai, Khalon ki tabdeeli
din mein beeson balke saikdon martaba amal me aayegi aur Masand Ahmad
ki riwayat ki ro‟ se jahannumi, jahannum me itne farba yaani mote ho
jayenge ke, in ke kanon ki lo se piche gardan tak‟ ka faasla saat so saal ki

Page | 52
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

musafat jitna hoga, in ki khal ki motai sattar balisht aur daadh Uhad pahad
jitni hogi25.

Yaqeenan Allâh Ta‟ala ghalib hikmat wala hai yaani wo ghalba‟ rakhne wala
hai aur apne intiqam par ghalib hai. Yahan Allâh Ta‟ala ne ahle jahannum
ke liye hameshgi ki saza se ye sha‟oor dilaya hai ke is ke faisle hikmat par
based hain kyun ke kufr ki saza jahannum hai.

Helpful Hints: Is aayat 56 mein jahannum ka azaab ka larza dene wala

bayan hai. Allâh Ta‟ala ka inkaar karne wale jahannum mein is tarah
jalenge ke un ki jali huyi khaal ko nayi khal se badal diya jayega, taáke wo
lagataar aag ki sozish yaani jalan ka azaab chakhte rahen.

….Aye Allâh hamein dozakh ke azaab se mehfooz

farma….Aameen.

AYAT 57: AHLE JANNAT KE LIYE DAYE’MI NEMATEN AUR GHANE SAAYE

Ayat 57

Aur jo log imaan laye aur shaista aamaal kiye. Ham anqareeb unhe
un jannatoun mein le jayenge jin ke niche nehrain beh rahi hain, jin
mein hamesha hamesha rahenge, in ke liye wahan saaf suthri
biwiyan hongi aur ham inhe ghani chhaon [aur puri rahat] mein le
jayenge.

25 Tafseer Ibne Kasaeer 596/1, Sa‟adi, Sahi muslim-7185

Page | 53
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Explanatory notes

Ye kuffar ke muqable mein ahle imaan ke liye jo abdi yaani kabhi khatm
nahi hone wali ne‟maten hain, in ka tazkira kiya ja raha hai.

Lekin ahle imaan jo aamal e saleh ki daulat se mala maal honge

Allâh Ta‟ala ne Qur’ân e Majeed mein har jagah imaan ke sath aamal e
saleha ka zikr kar ke wazeh kar diya ke, in ka aapas mein choli daman ka
sath hai imaan, amal e saleh ke baghair aise hi hai jaise phool magar
khushboo ke baghair, darakht ho lekin baghair samar yaani phal ke.

Sahaba karam rizwan ullah alaihim ajmaeen aur Khair al Qaroon yaani
bhale zamane ke dusre musalmanon ne is nukte ko samajh liya tha. Is liye
in ki zindagiyan imaan ke phal, Aamal e saleha se maala maal thin.

Isi tarah agar koi shakhs aise amal karta hai jo aamal e saleha ki zeel mein
aate hain jaise ke amanat aur diyanat, hamdardi aur gham gusari aur dusri
akhlaqi khoobiyan. Aise hi logon ke liye Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke,
Aur jo log imaan laye aur shaista aamaal kiye. Ham anqareeb unhen un
jannatoun mein le jayenge jin ke niche nehrain beh rahi hain, jin mein
hamesha hamesha aise log rahenge, in ke liye wahan saaf suthri biwiyan
hongi aur Allâh Ta’ala inhe ghani chhaon aur puri rahat mein le jayenge.

Ghani gehri, umda aur pakeeza chaon ka tarjume “poori rahat” se tabeer
kiya gaya hai.

Ek hadees mein hai, Jannat mein ak darakht hai jis ka saaya ek sawar so
saal mein bhi ise te‟y nahi kar sakega ye shajratul khuld hai26.

Lekin agar koi imaan ki daulat se mehroom hai tou is ke ye aamal yaani
akhlaqi khubiyan, duniyan mein tou is ki shohrat aur naik naami ka zariya
sabit ho sakte hain, lekin Allâh ki baargaah mein in ki koi qadr o qeemat na
hogi.

26 Ahsanul Bayan, Sahi Bukhari-3252

Page | 54
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Helpful Hints: Is aayat 57 mein farmaya ke ahle jannat hamesha hamesh

baaghaat aur nehron ki ne‟matoun ka maza‟ lenge, wahan un ke liye
pakeezah jode honge aur Allâh Ta‟ala inhe ghane saaye ata‟ farmayega.
Allâh Ta‟ala ham sab ko jannat ki ne‟matoun se sarfaraz farmaye….Aameen.

AYAT 58 - 59: ISLAM KE SIYASI USOOL

Ayat 58

Allâh Ta’ala tumhen takeedi hukum deta hai ke amanat walon ki

amanaten unhen ponhchao. Aur jab logon ka faisla karo tou adl aur
insaaf se faisla karo. Yaqeenan wo behtar cheez hai jis ki naseehat
tumhen Allâh Ta’ala kar raha hai, beshak Allâh Ta’ala sunta hai
dekhta hai.

Explanatory notes

Aksar mufassireen ke nazdeek ye aayat Hazrat Usman bin Talha R.A. ki

shaan mein, jo khandani taur par khana e ka’baa ke darbaan chale aa rahe
thay, nazil hui hai.

Makkah fatah hone ke baad jab Rasool Allâh Aap Nabi Kareem khana
e ka’baa mein tashreef laye tou tawaf ke baad Aap Nabi Kareem ne
Hazrat Usman bin Talha R.A. ko jo Suleh Hudebiya ke mauqe par musalman
ho chuke thay, talab farmaya aur inhe khana e ka’baa ki chabiyan de kar
farmaya‟ ye tumhari chabiyan hain, aaj ka din wafa aur naiki ka din hai.

Is Ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, Allâh Ta’ala tumhen takeedi
hukum deta hai ke amanat walon ki amanaten unhen ponhchao. Is ke
mukhatib awam (rayaya‟) aur hakkam (Haakim) dono hain. Donon ko is

Page | 55
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

ayat ke zariye se takeed hai ke amanaten inhe ponhchao jo amanatoun ke

ahl hain.

Is mein ak tou wo amanaten shamil hain jo kisi na kisi ke paas rakhwai

hon. In mein khiyanat na ki jaye, balke ba‟ hifazat talab karne par foran
lauta di jayen.

Dusre ohde aur munasib, mansab e ahel (official post) logon ko diye jayen,
sirf sayasi yaani political buniyad ya nasli aur watni buniyad ya qarabat aur
khandan ki buniyad par, ohda munsab yaani official post dena is aayat ke
khilaf hai.

Is aayat mein ahkaam ko bataur e khaas, adl aur insaaf ka hukum diya
gaya hai ke, Aur jab logon ka faisla karo tou adl aur insaaf se faisla karo. Ak
hadees mein hai. Haakim jab tak zulm na kare Allâh is ke sath hota hai aur
jab wo zulm ka irtekaab shuru kar deta hai tou Allâh ise is ke apne nafs ke
hawale kar deta hai27.

Is ayat ke zariye se wazeh kiya gaya hai ke amanaten sirf ahl logon ke
supurd karna hai aur adl aur insaaf mohayya karna hai.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne farmaya hai ke, Yaqeenan wo behtar cheez hai
jis ki naseehat tumhen Allâh Ta’ala kar raha hai, beshak Allâh Ta’ala sunta
hai dekhta hai. Is ayat mein khaas taur se hukumat karne walon ko ye
ahkaam diye gaye hain;

1. Adal aur insaaf se kaam lo,

2. Amanatoun ko un ke ahl ke supurd karne aur insaaf karne ki nasihat

ki gayi hai.

Be‟shak! Allâh Ta‟ala sunta hai dekhta hai keh kar, is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala
ne apne Samee’ aur Baseer hone ka sha‟oor dilaya hai.

27 [Sunan Ibn e Maja Kitab al Hakkam]

Page | 56
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 59

Aye imaan walo! Farmanbardari karo Allâh Ta’ala ki aur

farmanbardari karo [Rasool ] ki aur tum mein se ikhteyar walo
ki. Phir agar kisi cheez par ikhtelaf karo tou ise lautao, Allâh Ta’ala
ki taraf aur Rasool ki taraf, agar tumhen Allâh Ta’ala par aur
qiyamat ke din par imaan hai ye bohot behtar hai aur ba’aitbaar
anjaam ke bohot achcha hai.

Explanatory notes

Is Ayat mein wazeh kiya ja raha hai ke, Aye logon jo imaan laaye ho Allâh
Ta’ala ki ata’at karo, aur Allâh Ta’ala ke Rasool ki ata’at karo aur apne mein
se hukum dene walon ki ata’at karo. Is ayat mein diye gaye gehre alfaz ke
meaning hain;

1. : Jo kuch Allâh Ta‟ala ne Qur‟ân mein faisle diye hain un ki

ata‟at

2. : Jo kuch Allâh Ta‟ala ke Rasool Aap Nabi Kareem aur

Qur‟ân aur sunnat ke beech hai un ki ata‟at

3. : Logon par muqarrar kardah‟ ahkaam, Amra‟ aur Ashaab e

Fatwa‟ un ki ata‟at (Allâh Ta‟ala ki ata‟at ke da‟yere mein ahkamaat e
den jo shariyat ke usool ke khilaf na hon aur na Rasool Aap Nabi
Kareem ke khilaf ho).

Aap Nabi Kareem ne farmaya, musalman ko sun‟na aur baat

man‟na laazim hai, khuwah use pasand ho ya na ho, jab tak gunah ka

Page | 57
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

hukum na diya jaye aur agar gunah ka hukum diya jaye tou na sune aur
na maane28.

Matlab ye hai ke asal ata‟at tou Allâh Ta‟ala ki hai kyun ke hukum sirf Allâh
hi ka hai‟ lekin chunke‟ Rasool Allâh khalis ilahi ki mansha yaani
marzi ka zahir hona hai aur Allâh Ta‟ala ki marzi ka numeinda yaani
representative hain.

Is liye Allâh Ta‟ala ne apne saath Aap Nabi Kareem ke hukum ko bhi
mustaqil taur par wajib al ata’at qarar diya aur farmaya ke Aap Nabi
Kareem ki ata‟at dar‟asal Allâh ki ata‟at hai.

Aisa hi ahkaam aage Surah An Nisa’ ki ayat 80 mein farmaya gaya hai ke,

Is Rasool ki jo ata’at kare usi ne Allâh Ta’ala ki farmanbardari

ki aur jo munh phair le tou ham ne Aap ko kuch in par
nigehbaan bana kar nahi bheja29.

Jis se is baat ki bhi daleel wazeh ho jati hai ke hadees bhi isi tarhan deen
ka maakhiz hai yaani jis se natija akhz kiya jaye jis tarah Qur’ân e Kareem.

Phir bhi, amr o ahkaam ki ata‟at bhi zaroori hai, kyun ke wo ya tou Allâh
aur us ke Rasool ke ahkaam ko nafiz karte hain. Ya ummat ke ijtemai
yaani collectiveness ke issues ka intezaam aur nigehdaasht karte hain.

Is se maloom hota hai ke amr o hukkam ki ata‟at agar‟che, zaroori hai lekin
is par shart hai ke, ye log Allâh Ta‟ala ki ata‟at ke da‟yere mein ahkamaat
den jo shariyat ke usool ke khilaf na hon aur na Rasool Allah Aap Nabi
Kareem ke khilaf ho aur ye yahan ak condition yaani shart hai jis se
Allâh aur Rasool Allâh ki ata‟at ke saath aur in ke baad aur in ke
ahkaam ke mutabiq hona hai.

28 Mukhtasir Ibne Kaseer-334

29 [Al nisa 4:80]

Page | 58
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Isi liye Atee-ullah ke baad Atee-ur-Rasool ko kaha kyun ke ye dono ata‟aten

mustaqil aur wajib hain30.

Is aayat mein Allâh ki taraf lautane se murad Qur’ân e kareem aur Rasool
Allâh se murad ab hadees e Rasool Allâh hai ye tanaze‟aat yaani
jhagdeon ke khatm karne ke liye ak behetreen usool bataya gaya hai is
usool se ye bhi wazeh hota hai ke kisi teesri shakhsiyat ki ata‟at wajib nahi.

Is ayat mein ye bhi wazeh kiya gaya hai ke Allâh Ta‟ala aur us ke Rasool
Aap Nabi Kareem ka faisla behtar hai aur anjaam ke lihaz se achcha
hai aur ye dastouoor yaani is usool mein, duniya aur akhirat ki dono ki
bhalayi hai.

Helpful Hints: In aayat 58 - 59 mein Islam ke political nizam ke 6 usool

bayan kiye gaye hain;

1. Riyasat mein tamam manasib ak collectiveness yaani ijtimaée amanat

hain

2. Kisi bhi mansab par yaani official post par betha hua shakhs faisle
adal o insaaf ke saath kare.

3. Riyasat is baat ki paband hogi ke har level par Allâh aur Rasool

Allâh ki itaát ki jaye. Sahebaan e ikhtiyar ka bhi kehna

mana jaye.

4. Ayat 58 mein yaani itaát karo ke alfaz Allâh ke saath aaye hain
aur Rasool Allâh ke saath aaye hain lekin Sahebaan e ikhtiyar ke
saath nahi aaye. Ye is baat ki daleel hai ke itaát tou sirf Allâh aur
Rasool Allâh ki, ki jaye.

5. Sahebaan e ikhtiyar ki itaát sirf is soorat mein ki jaye ke ye Allâh aur

Rasool Allâh ki itaát ke ta‟be hon.

30 Sahih Bukhari kitab al Ahkaam baab Numer 4]

Page | 59
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

6. ke alfaz se wazeh hota hai ke ka musalmano mein

se hona lazim hai.

AYAT 60 - 63: ITAÁT E RASOOL SE GUREZ MUNAFIQAT KA MAZHAR HAI

Ayat 60

Kya Aap ne inhe nahi dekha? Jin ka dawa tou ye hai ke jo kuch aap
se pehle utara gaya hai us par in ka imaan hai, lekin wo apne faisle
ghair Allâh ki taraf le jana chahte hain, halanke inhe hukum diya
gaya hai ke shaitan ka inkaar kare, shaitan tou ye chahta hai,
behka kar dur daal de.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ta‟jjub se farma rahen hain ke, kya tum ne un
logon ko nahi dekha jo da‟wa karte hain ke imaan laaye us par jo aap
par nazil kiya gaya yaani Qur‟ân aur us par bhi jo aap se pehle nazil
kiya gaya yaani pichli kitaben. Yahan is se murad aise ajeeb imaan waale
hain ke apni kitab ke mutabiq faisle nahi lete, aur aise hi log imaan aur kufr
ko jama‟ karte hain.
Ye ayat un logon ke baare mein nazil huyi jo apna faisla Yahudion ya
Quraish ke sardaaron ki taraf le jaana chahte thay yaani Qur‟ân aur Sunnat
ko chod kar apne faisle kisi aur se karwana chahte hain.

1. : se murad Munafiq hain

2. : se murad Yahudi hain

Madina ke shurua‟ti zamane mein ikhtilafi issues ke liye faislon ka nizam
tha jis me 2 adalaten thin;

Page | 60
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

1. Yahudi sardaaron ki adalaten jo pehle se chali aa rahi thin

2. Aap Nabi Kareem ki adalat jo Hijrat ke baad qayam huyi thi.
Musalmano mein kamzor imaan waale yaani munafiq jab apne muqadme ko
kamzor paate tou Kaab bin Ashraf yahudi ki adalat mein jaate thay.
Is liye yahan Taghoot ko define kiya gaya hai… jis ka matlab har wo shakhs
hai jo Shariyat e Ilahi ke baghair faisla karta hai aur yahan Taghoot se
murad shaitan hai.
Is ayat mein ye wazahat di gayi hai ke munafiq jaan boojh kar apne faisle
Taghoot se karwate hain. Halan‟ke in ko hukum diya gaya hai ke is ko kufr
maane yaani Taghoot ka inkaar kare aur shaitan ka inkaar karen, shaitan
tou ye chahta hai ke aise logon ko behka kar dur daal de.
Yahan Allâh Ta‟ala is chupi huyi haqeeqat ko khol rahen hain ta‟ake log
baaz aa jayen aur Shariyat e Ilahi ki perwi karen.

Ayat 61

In se jab kabhi kaha jaye ke Allâh Ta’ala ke nazil kardah kalam ki

aur Rasool ki taraf aao tou Aap dekh lenge ke ye munafiq Aap se
munh phair kar ke jaate hain.

Explanatory notes

Ye aayat aise logon ke bare mein naazil huyi jo apna faisla adalat mein le
jane ki baja‟e sardaar Yahood ya sardaar Quraish ki taraf le jana chahte
thay. Phir bhi, is ka hukum aam hai is mein tamam wo log shamil hain jo
Kitab aur Sunnat se aeraaz karte hain yaani bachte hain aur apne faislon
ke liye in donon ko chod kar kisi aur ki taraf jate hain.

Warna musalmanon ka tou ye haal hota hai jaise Surah Al Noor ki Ayat 51
mein faramaya gaya hai ke;

Page | 61
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Imaan waalon ka qoul tou ye hai ke jab inhein is liye bulaya jaata hai
ke Allâh aur us ke Rasool in mein faisla kar den tou wo kehte
hain ke ham ne suna aur maan liya, yehi log kaamyab hone waale
hain31.

Ayat 62

Phir kya baat hai ke jab in par in ke kartouot ke baa’is koi museebat
aa padti hai tou phir ye Aap ke paas aa kar Allâh Ta’ala ki qasmen
khate hain ke hamara irada tou sirf bhalai aur mail milap hi ka tha.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, Phir kya baat hai ke jab in
par in ke kartouot ki wajah se koi museebat aati hai tou ye Aap ke paas
aa kar Allâh Ta’ala ki qasmen khate hain aur kehte hain ke hamara irada tou
sirf bhalai aur mail milap hi ka tha, is se murad hai ke ye log jab apne is
kartouot ki wajah se ata‟ab e ilahi ka shikaar ho kar musibatoun mein
phanste hain tou phir aa kar kehte hain ke kisi dusri jagah jaane ka
maqsad ye nahi tha ke wahan se hum faisla karwayen ya Aap se ziyada
hamen insaaf milega, balke maqsad sulah aur milap karana tha.
Munafiqon par musibaton ein se ak ye musibat bhi aayi thi ke tamam logon
par un ki asliyat khul jaati thi aur un ko society mein bahut haqeer nazron
se dekha jaata tha. Munafiqon par musibatein un ke nifaq ki wajah se aayi
thin.

31 [Surah Al noor 24:51]

Page | 62
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 63

Ye wo log hain ke in ke dilon ka bhaid Allâh Ta’ala par bakhoobi

roshan hai. Aap in se chashm poshi kijiye, inhe naseehat karte rahiye
aur inhe wo baat kahiye jo in ke dilon mein ghar karne wali ho.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein Munafiqeen ki taraf phir ishara hai ke jo kuch in ke dilon mein
hai baatil ki taraf jhukao aur apne uzr par qasmen khana ye sab in ke dilon
ke nifaq hain.

Allâh Ta‟ala ne farmaya ke agar‟che ham in ke dilon ke tamam bhaidon se

waqif hain aur jis par ham inhe badla denge, lekin Aye paighamber! Aap
in ke zahir ko samne rakhte huye dar‟guzar hi farmaiye aur naseehat
ke zariye se in ke ander ki islaah ki koshish jari rakhiye.

Is ayat ke zariye se Allah ka ye paigham diya gaya hai jis se ye maloom hota
hai ke, dushmanon ki sazish ko darguzar karna ho tou, waaz, naseehat aur
qaul ke zariye se hi na‟kaam banane ki tadbeer ki jani chahiye.

Yahan Allâh Ta‟ala nasihat ke zariye in logon ko tauba‟ ke raaste par laana
chahte hain, kyun ke tauba ka darwaza hamesha khula hai.

Helpful Hints: In aayat 60 - 63 mein munafiqeen ki itaát e Rasool se gurez

ka jurm bayan kiya gaya hai, wo apne tana‟zaát yaani jhagdon ke faisle
Allâh ke Rasool se karane ki bajaé yahud se karwate thay.

Wo jaante thay ki kuch de dila kar wo apne man pasand faisle in se karwa
sakte hain. Jab koi musibat aati tou phir Allâh ke Rasool ke paas aate
thay.

Page | 63
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Allâh ke Rasool ko in aayaat mein wasiyat ki gayi ke unhein ziyadah

ahmiyat na di jaye aur inhe nasihat karen ke, ye ak taraf yaksu‟ ho jayen.

Aaj ke haalaat ko dekhte huye bhi ham keh sakte hain ke log Qur‟ân se
rehnumayee tou lete hain lekin Sunnat e Rasool par nahi chalte hain…
Allâh Taála ham ko mukammal momin banaye….Aameen.

AYAT 64 - 68: ATAÁT E RASOOL KI AHMIYAT

Ayat 64

Ham ne har Rasool ko sirf is liye bheja ke Allâh Ta’ala ke hukum se is

ki farmabardari ki jaye aur agar ye log jab inhon ne apni janon par
zulm kiya tha, tere paas aa jate aur Allâh Ta’ala se istaghfar karte
aur Rasool bhi in ke liye istaghfar karte. Tou yaqeenan ye log Allâh
Ta’ala ko muaf karne wala mehrban paate.

Explanatory notes
Rasool, Allâh Ta‟ala ka paigham pohchane ke liye bheje jaate hain ta‟ake
tamam insan in se Allâh Ta‟ala ka pasandida‟ tareeqa e zindgi seekh len aur
is par amal karen.
Allâh Ta‟ala is ayat mein farma rahen hain ke, Ham ne yaani Allâh Ta‟ala ne
har Rasool ko sirf is liye bheja ke Allâh Ta‟ala ke hukum se in ki
farmabardari ki jaye aur agar ye log yaani munafiqeen jab inhon ne apni
janon par zulm kiya tha, agar ye phir bhi Aap Nabi Kareem ke paas aa
jate aur Allâh Ta‟ala se istaghfar karte tou Rasool Allâh bhi in ke liye
istaghfar karte.

Maghfirat ke liye baargah e ilahi mein hi tauba astaghfar zaroori aur kafi
hai.

Page | 64
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Lekin yahan in ko yaani munafiqeen ko kaha gaya aur Aap Nabi Kareem
ko mukhatib kar ke kaha gaya ke, Aye paighamber ! wo tere paas
aate aur Allâh se maghfirat talab karte tou Aap Nabi Kareem bhi in ke
liye maghfirat karte.

Ye is liye ke chunke, inhon ne jhagdon ke faisle ke liye dusron ki taraf rujoo

kar ke Aap Nabi Kareem ko neglect kiya tha. Is liye is ke izaale yaani
compensation ke liye Aap Nabi Kareem ke paas inhein aane ki takeed
ki. Agar ye log aisa karte tou yaqeenan ye log Allâh Ta‟ala ko muaf karne
wala mehrban paate.

Yahan munafiqeen ne Aap Nabi Kareem ke haqq‟ mein kami ki thi, is

ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne apni sifa‟t Tawwab aur Raheem ka sha‟oor dilaya
hai kyun ke logo ne apni jaano par zulm kiya tha ke in logon ne Taghoot se
apne faisle karwa liye thay.

Ayat 65

So qasm hai tere parwardigar ki! Ye momin nahi ho sakte jab tak’ ke
tamam aapas ke ikhtelaf mein Aap ko hakim na maan len, phir jo
faisla Aap un mein kar den un se apne dil mein kisi tarah ki tangi
aur nakhushi na payen aur farmabardari ke sath qubool kar len.

Explanatory notes

Is aayat ka shan e nuzool ak yahoodi aur musalman ka waqe‟a hai jo

amooman bayan kiya jata hai, jo baar’gaah e risalat se faisle ke ba‟wajud
Hazrat Umar [Link] faisla karwane gaya, jis par Hazrat Umar [Link] is
musalman ka sar qalam kar diya. Lekin ye waqe‟a sahih nahi hai jaisa ke
Ibn e Kaseer ne wazahat ki hai.

Page | 65
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Sahih waqe‟a ye hai jo is aayat ke nuzool ka sabab hai ke, Hazrat Zubair
R.A. ka jo Rasool Allâh ke phupi zaad thay, aur ek aadmi ka khait ko
sairab karne wale (naale) ke pani par jahgda ho gaya. Muamla Aap Nabi
Kareem tak‟ ponhcha, Aap Nabi Kareem ne soorat e haal ke ja‟eza
le kar jo faisla diya tou wo it‟tefaq se Hazrat Zubair R.A. ke haq mein tha, jis
par dusre aadmi ne kaha ke Aap Nabi Kareem ne ye faisla is liye kiya
hai ke wo Aap Nabi Kareem ka phupi zaad hai.

Is par ye aayat nazil huyi. Aayat ka matlab ye hua ke Aap Nabi Kareem
ki kisi baat ya faisle se ikhtelaf tou dur, dil mein aisa khayal bhi laana
ya mehsoos karna, imaan ke manafi hai.

Ye aayat munkareen e hadees yaani hadees ka inkaar karne waalon ke liye

fikr ka lamha hai, jo apne peer ya imam ke khilaf koi aayat ya hadees aa
jaye tou wo sirf dil mein hi tangi mehsoos nahi karte balke man‟ne se bhi
inkaar kar dete hain.

Ayat 66

Agar hum in par ye farz kar dete hain ke apni janon ko qatl kar dalo!
Ya apne gharon se nikal jao! Tou ise in mein se bohot hi kam log
hukum baja late aur agar ye wahi kare jis ki inhe naseehat ki jati
hai tou yaqeenan yahi in ke liye behter aur ziyada mazbooti wala ho.

Explanatory notes

Is Aayat mein inhi na‟farman qism ke logon yaani munafiqeen ki taraf

ishara kar ke kaha ja raha hai ke, agar inhe hukum diya jata ke ak dusre ko
qatl karo ya apne gharon se nikal jao tou, jab ye aasan baaton par amal
nahi kar sake tou is par amal kis tarah kar sakte thay?

Page | 66
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ye Allâh Ta‟ala ne apne ilm ke mutabiq in ke bare mein farmaya jo yaqeenan

waqe‟aat ke mutabiq hai. Is ka matlab ye hai ke sakht ahkamaat par tou
amal yaqeenan mushkil hai jise phir bhi karna hai, lekin Allâh Ta‟ala bohot
Shafeeq aur Mahrbaan hai aur is ke ahkaamat bhi aasan hain.

Is liye agar wo in ahkamaat par chalen jin ki in ko naseehat ki jati hai tou
ye in ke liye behtar hai aur sabit qadmi ka baa‟is hai. Kyun ke imaan ata‟at
se ziyada aur na‟farmani se kam hota hai, naiki se naiki ka rasta khulta hai
aur naikiyan bade se aur bade phelao mein hoti jaati hain yani naikiyon ka
rasta kushada aur aasan hota hai, aur badi yaani burayi se burayi ka
raasta badhta hai.

Ayat 67

Aur tab tou inhe hum apne paas se bada sawab den.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein ajar e azeem ka zikr hai jis ka matlab aakhirat ka ajar hai.
Allâh Ta‟ala ne aise kaam karne ki soorat mein jis ki nasihat ki jaati hai
yaani achche aur saaleh amal, saabit qadmi aur behtari ke saath ajr e
azeem ka wa‟ada‟ kiya hai, jo jannat hai aur us ke darjaatinsaan ke aamal
ke mutabiq milenge.
Sayyadana Abu Hureira [Link] riwayat hai ke Aap Nabi Kareem ne
farmaya ke, jannat mein 100 darje hain, jin ko Allâh Ta‟ala ne tayyar
farmaya hai32.

32 Sahi Bukhari 1104/2

Page | 67
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 68

Aur yaqeenan inhe raah raast dikha den.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, achche aur saaleh amal
karne walon ko ham deen e haqq par saabit qadmi ata‟ karenge, yahan
siraat e mustaqeem se murad islam hai jo seedhe raaste par chalne ka dars
deta hai. Allâh Ta‟ala ne nasihat par amal karne ki soorat mein seedhe
raaste par chalne ko farmaya hai.
Helpful Hints: Ye aayat 64 – 68, ataát e Rasool ke subject par bahut
takeed karti hain.
Farmaya ke ham ne yaani Allâh Ta‟ala ne har Rasool ko bheja hi is liye hai
ke us ki ataát ki jaye.
Agar munafiqeen se ghalti ho gayi thi tou wo istaghfar karte aur phir wo,
Allâh Ta‟ala ko zaroor bakhshne wala aur baar baar reham farmane wala
paate. Allâh Ta‟ala ne qasam kha kar faramaya ke koi shkhs momin nahi ho
sakta jab tak‟ ke wo apne nazaée muamlaat mein Rasool se faisla na
karwaye.
In aayaat mein ak dars hai ke ba‟qayedah sharayee adalaten qayam ki
jaayen aur apne tana‟zaát yaani jhagdon ke mua‟mle, in ki roshni mein kiye
jayen.
Ham ko apna imaan respectable banana hai kyun ke ye aaj ke daur (period)
ki zaroorat hai.

Page | 68
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

AYAT 69 - 70: ALLÂH KE INAAM YAAFTA BANDE

Ayat 69

Aur jo bhi Allâh Ta’ala ki aur Rasool ki farmanbardari kare, wo

in logon ke sath hoga jin par Allâh Ta’ala ne inaam kiya, jese Nabi
aur siddique aur shaheed aur naik log, ye behtareen rafeeq hain.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein Allâh aur Rasool ki ata‟at ka sila bataya ja raha hai, is liye
hadees mein aata hai ke, Aadmi unhi logon ke sath hoga jin se us ko
mohabbat hogi.

“Hazrat Anas R.A. farmate hain” Sahaba karam rizwan ullah alaihim
ajmaeen ko jitni khushi is farman e Rasool ko sun kar hoti utni khushi
kabhi nahi huyi, Kyun ke wo jannat mein bhi Rasool ki rafaqat pasand
karte thay.

Is ayat ki shan e nuzool ki riwayaat mein bataya gaya hai ke baaz Sahaba
Karam ne Aap Nabi Kareem se ye arz kiya ke, Allâh Ta‟ala Aap ko
jannat mein aa‟la‟ muqam ata‟ farmayega aur hamen is se dur yaani bahut
neeche muqaam hi milega aur is tarah hum Aap Nabi Kareem ki
sohbat, rafaqat aur deedar se mahroom rahenge, jo hamen duniyan mein
hasil hai.

Is par Allâh Ta‟ala ne ye aayat utaar kar un logon ki tasalli ka saaman

farmaya33. Baaz Sahaba R.A. ne khaas taur se Aap Nabi Kareem se

33 [Ibn e Kaseer]

Page | 69
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

jannat mein rafaqat ki darkhwast ki, jis par Aap Nabi Kareem ne inhe
kasrat se nafli namaz padhne ki takeed farmayi aur farmaya, pas tum
kasrat e sujood ke sath meri madad karo.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, Aur jo Allâh Ta’ala aur Rasool
ki farmanbardari karega tou wo in ke sath honge, jin par Allâh Ta’ala ne
in’aam kiya, jese Nabi aur siddique aur shaheed aur naik log mein se aur ye
behtareen saathi hain, yahan Allâh Ta‟ala ke is farman se ye ishara hua ke,
darajaat alag hone ke ba‟wajud bhi, ahl e jannat ki aapas mein mulaqaat
hogi.

Yahan is ayat mein ata‟at ka matlab hai, apne fara‟ez ada karna.

Is ayat mein 4 qism ke logon ka zikr kiya gaya hai;

1. Anbiya’: Jo apni ummat ke afazal tareen log thay.

2. Siddiqeen: Jo hamesha sach bolne wala, Haq‟ ki gawahi dene wala,

Haq‟ ka saath dene wala ho. Siddiqeen wo log hain jinhone is wahi ki
poori tarah se tasdeeq ki aur Allâh Ta‟ala ki taraf Dawat de kar is haq‟
ko qayam kiya34. Hz. Abu Bakr R.A. ka laqab Siddiq tha. Siddiqiyat,
kamaal e imaan aur kamaal e ata’at ka naam hai, Nabuwwat ke baad
is ka muqam hai ummat e mohammadiya mein is muqam mein Hazrat
Abu Bakr R.A. sab se mumtaz hain.

3. Shaheed: Jo apni jaan de kar ye saabit karta hai ke jis par wo imaan
laya tha aur usi par jaan bhi di. Yehi log Shoh‟ada‟ hain.

4. Sa’leh: Wo insan jis ke har amal se neki zahir hoti hai aur wo saari
zindagi mein nek rawayya ikhtiyar karta hai. Ye log Allâh Ta‟ala ke
huqooq aur Bando ke huqooq ka poori tarah khayal rakhte hain. Allâh
Ta‟ala ke huqooq aur bandon ke huqooq kamil taur par ada karen aur

34 Tafseer Sa‟adi – 539/1

Page | 70
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

in mein koi kotahi na kare yehi log Swaliheen hain. Ye 4 category ke

log jannat ke achche saathi honge.

Ayat 70

Ye fazl Allâh Ta’ala ki taraf se hai aur kafi hai, Allâh Ta’ala janne
wala hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat e kareema‟ mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne farmaya hai ke jannat mein Anbiya‟,
Siddiqeen aur Shoh‟ada ki rafaqat Allâh Ta‟ala ke fazal o karam se milegi,
ibadatoun ki wajah se nahi.
Allâh Ta‟ala kaafi hai aur sab kuch jan‟ne wala hai.
Helpful Hints: In aayat 69 - 70 mein basharat di gayi ke jo koi Allâh aur us
ke Rasool ki ataát karega, Allâh Taála us ko apne inaam yaafta bando
mein shumar karenge. Allâh Taála ke inaam yaafta bande 4 tarah ke hain;
1. Swaliheen
2. Sho‟hada‟
3. Siddiqeen
4. Anbiya‟
Allâh Taála ke raaste par chalne wale nek bando ka pehla shruaati darja‟
Swaliheen hota hai, ye log josh o harkat yaani deen e haq ki tableegh aur
ghalbe ke liye mehnat karte hain aur Sho’hada’ ka darja‟ paa lete hain.

Siddiqeen ghor o fikr karne wale hote hain ye log zindagi ka maqsad aur
suraagh paa lene ki koshish karte hain aur haqq‟ ke husool ki steps par
jaate hain.
Anbiya’ ka darja‟ sab se buland tareen darja‟ hai Allâh Taála ne kabhi
Siddiqeen mein se aur kabhi Sho’hada’ mein se Nabi ka darja‟ ata‟ farmaya
hai. Ye sabhi Allâh Taála ke inaam yaafta bande hain.

Page | 71
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Allâh Taála ham sab ko apni aur apne Rasool ki ataát ki toufeeq ata‟
farmaye aur phir apne mehboob bandon ki rifaqat naseeb
farmaye…Aameen.

Page | 72
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

CHAPTER 4: SURAH AN-NISA’ (WOMEN) (AYAT 71 - 85)

AYAT 71 - 76: ALLÂH KI RAAH MEIN JANG SE FARAR MUNAFIQANA TARZ E AMAL HAI

Ayat 71

Aye musalmano! Apne bachao ka saman le lo. Phir giroh giroh ban
kar kooch karo ya sab ke sab ikhatte ho kar niklo.

Explanatory notes
Ye ayat Ghazwa e Uhad ke baad Ghazwa e Ahzaab se pehle nazil hui.
Ghazwa e Uhad ke baad aas paas ke qabile ki himmaten badh gayin thin,
musalman har taraf khatron se ghir gaye thay. Qatl e aam musalmano ka
ho raha tha. Is mauqe par ye ayat nazil hui.
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, Aye musalmano! Apne
bachao ka saman le lo, aur groups bana kar kooch karo ya sab ke sab
ikhatte ho kar niklo.

Is ayat mein zikr kiya gaya ke Hidrakum yaani apna bachao ikhteyar karo
aslah, saman e jang aur dusre zara‟Aye se apne aap ko tayyar karo.

Ayat 72

Aur yaqeenan tum mein baaz wo bhi hain jo pas o paish karte hain.
Phir agar tumhen koi nuqsan hota hai tou wo kehte hain ke Allâh
Ta’ala ne mujh par bada fazl kiya ke mein in ke sath maujood na tha.

Page | 73
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein ladayi pe nikalne mein dar lagne se murad ye hai ke Jang ke
liye nikalne mein nuqsan ka shak ho tou bahana talash karna aur dusron
ko bhi rokna hai, yahan munafiqeen ko be‟naqab kiya gaya hai.
Pas o paish ka matlab, jihad mein jane se gurez karna aur piche reh jaana
hai. Abdullah bin Ubi ne Ghazwa e Uhad ke mauqe par logon ko bhadkaya
tha aur apne jaise logon ko le kar wapas chala gaya tha.
Is ayat mein wazahat di gayi hai ke phir agar ladayi mein musalmano ko
koi nuqsan hota hai tou ye log yaani munafiqeen kehte hain ke, Allâh Ta‟ala
ne mujh par bada fazl kiya ke mein in ke sath maujood na tha.
Jab ke Jang mein shamil mujahideen yaani jihad karne waale ka bada darja
hota hai aur aise hi log apni takhleeq ka haqeeqi matlab samajhte hain.
Mujahid Fee sabilillah wo hota hai jo sirf aakhirat ka talabgaar ho, jo duniya
ke fayede aur duniya ki maslehatein qurban kar ke Allâh Ta‟ala ki raah
mein aage badhne wala ho.

Ayat 73

Aur agar tumhe Allâh Ta’ala ka koi fazl mil jaye tou is tarah ke goya
tum mein in mein dosti thi hi nahi. Kehte hain kaash! Mein bhi in ke
hamrah hota tou badi kamyabi ko pohonchta.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein munafiqon ke nazdeek Allâh Ta‟ala ka fazal ka matlab fatah,
ghanimat aur rizq mein wus‟at hai. Ye log deeni talluq se be‟khabar rehte
hain, lekin maal ghanimat par nazar rakhte hain aur kehte hain ke, aye
kaash mein wahan hota tou azeem kaamyabi hasil karta. Yani jang mein
fatah aur ghalba aur maal ghaneemat hasil hoti tou sharmindah hote hain
jis ka matlab in ko duniyawi cheezen hi pasand hain, zahir hota hai.

Page | 74
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya hai ke ye log aise hasad karte hain
musalmano se ke goya‟ wo ahl e deen mein se nahi hain balke ajnabi hain,
kyun ke maal e ghaneemat se hissa hasil karna hi in ka ahl e duniya ka sab
se aham maqsad hota hai.

Ayat 74

Pas jo log duniyan ki zindagi ko aakhirat ke badle baich chuke hain.

Inhe Allâh Ta’ala ki raah mein jihad karna chahiye aur jo shakhs
Allâh Ta’ala ki raah mein jihad karte huye shahadat paa le ya ghalib
aa jaye, yaqeenan hum ise bohot bada sawab inayat karte hain.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, ye lazim hai ke Allâh Ta‟ala ki
raah mein wo lade jo aakhirat ke badle duniya ki zindgi bech dete hain aur
jo Allâh Ta‟ala ke liye lade phir qatl kar diye jaayen ya ghalib aa jayen tou
Allâh Ta‟ala ke paas aise logo ke liye bada ajar hai.

Is ayat mein jihad ki tayyari ka hukum dene ke baad musalmanon ko jihad

ki targheeb dilayi ja rahi hai aur is ayat ke zariye se Allâh Ta‟ala ki raah
mein ladne ka hukum diya gaya hai aur ladta wo hi hai jo duniya ko farokht
kar ke aakhirat ka kharidaar banta hai.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, Momin in logon se laden
jinhone aakhirat baich kar duniyan khareed li hai. Yani jinhone duniyan ke
thode se maal ki taraf apne deen ko farokht kar diya. Is se murad
munafiqeen aur ka‟fireen honge35.

35
[Ibne e kaseer ne yahi mafhoom bayan kiya hai]

Page | 75
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Fee sabi’lillah se matlab Allâh Ta‟ala ke kalima‟ ki bulandi ke liye ki jaane

wali Jang hai. Jo shakhs Allâh Ta‟ala ki raah mein jihad karte huye
shahadat paa le ya ghalib aa jaye, yaqeenan Allâh Ta‟ala ise ajr e azeem
inayat karte hain.

Raah e Allâh ka mujahid kabhi nuqsan nahi uthata, agar qatl kiya jaata hai
tou ajr hai aur ghaalib raha tou sawab haazir hai. Bukhari aur Muslim mein
hai ke, Allâh ki raah ke mujahid ka zaamin khud Allâh Ta‟ala hai ya tou is
ko shaheed kar ke jannat mein pohchayega ya jis jagah se wo chala hai
wahin ajr o ghanimat ke saath sahi o saalim wapas laayega.

Ayat 75

Bhala kya wajah hai ke tum Allâh ki raah aur in naa’tawan mardon,
aurtoun aur nanhe nanhe bachchon ke chutkare ke liye jihad na
karo? Jo yun duaen maang rahen hain ke, Aye hamare parwardigar!
In zalimon ki basti se hamein nijat de aur hamare liye khas apne
paas se himayati muqarrar kar de aur hamare liye khas apne pas se
madadgar bana.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein musalmanon ko jihad Fee sabi’lillah ke liye kaha ja raha hai,
ta‟ake Makka‟ mein moujood un kamzor musalman mardo aur auratoun aur
bachcho ko, Quraish ke zulm o sitam se nijat dilayi ja sake jinhe
mushrikeen ne Hijrat karne se rok diya tha. Yahan Kuffar se ladne ki 2
wajah hain;
1. Allâh Ta‟ala ke deen ki bulandi ke liye,
2. Mazloom musalmano ko nijat dilane ke liye jo kuffar ke aage be‟bas ho
gaye thay.

Page | 76
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Yahan Allâh Ta‟ala ne musalmanon ko hukum diya ke wo kamzor

musalmanon ki madad karen yaani jihad karen.

Is aayat mein zalimon ki basti se murad [nuzool ke aetbaar se] Makkah hai.
Hijrat ke baad wahan baqi reh jane wale musalman khas taur par boodhe
mard, aurten aur bachche, kafiron ke zulm o sitam se tang aa kar Allâh ki
baar‟gaah mein madad ki dua karte thay. Aur is par Allâh Ta‟ala ne
musalmanon ko hukum farmaya ke tum in be‟bas logon ko kuffar se nijat
dilane ke liye jihad kyun nahi karte?

Is aayat se daleel karte huye Ulama’ ne kaha ke, jis ilaqe mein musalman is
tarah zulm aur sitam ka shikaar aur kuffar ke aage majboor aur ghire huye
hain tou dusre musalmanon par ye farz aa‟id hota hai ke in kafiron ke zulm
o sitam se bachane ke liye jihad kare, ye jihad dusri qism ka hai yaani
mazloom musalmano ko nijat dilane ke liye jo kuffar ke aage be‟bas ho gaye
thay.

Deen ki bulandi aur Kalmatullah ke ghalbe ke liye ladna ya jihad karne ka

base point no 1 “Allâh Ta’ala ke deen ki bulandi ke liye” mein bataya gaya
hai, jis ka zikr is se pehle aayat mein aur us ke baad ki aayat mein bhi hai.

Ayat 76

Jo log imaan laye hain wo Allâh Ta’ala ki raah mein jihad karte hain
aur jin logon ne kufr kiya, wo Allâh Ta’ala ke siwa auron ki raah
mein ladte hain. Pas tum shaitan ke dostoun se jang karo yaqeen
mano ke shaitan heela [bilkul bauda aur] sakht kamzor hai.

Page | 77
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya hai ke, Momin aur Kaafir, dono ko jangon ki
zaroorat paish aati hai. Lekin dono ke jang ke maqasid mein bahut bada
farq hota hai, momin Allâh ke liye ladta hai, sirf duniyan ki talab ya hawas
e mulk geeri ki khatir nahi ladta hai. Jab ke kaafir ka maqsad yahi duniyan
aur is ke mafadaat yaani fayede hote hain.

Is ayat mein, mominon ko targheeb di ja rahi hai ke taghooti maqasid ke liye

heele bahane aur makr aur fareb kamzor hote hain, in ke zahiri saaman ka
(asasa) ka badhna aur bahut ziyada‟ tadaad se nahi darna hai, kyun ke
tumhari yaani musalmanon ki imaani quwwat ke aage aur jihad ka irada
karne ke muqable mein shaitan ke ye heele bahane nahi theher sakte.

Is ayat mein ye wazahat di gayi hai ke kafir Taghoot ki raah mein ladte hain
aur Momineen Allâh Ta‟ala ki raah mein ladte hain. Is ayat mein kafiron ko
aulia‟ e shaitan aur momineen ko aulia‟ e Allâh kaha gaya hai, aur shaitan
ki chaal hamesha se bahut kamzor rahi hai aur yahan shaitan ki chaal
waswase hain.

Helpful Hints: Ghazwa e Uhad mein musalmano ki shikast se kuffar ke

hosle buland ho gaye thay aur wo in ke khilaf mansooba bandi karne lage
thay.

In aayat 71 tou 76 mein hukum diya gaya ke jab bhi Allâh ki raah mein
Jang ka hukum ho foran Labbaik kaho, ye munafiqana usool hai ke nikalne
mein ta‟kheer ki jaye, apne mehfooz rehne ki khushi manayi jaye, maal e
ghanimat se mehrumi ka gham manaya jaye.

Is ayat ke zariye se ham ko ye dars milta hai ke Allâh ki raah mein nikal kar
hi Allâh ki raza hasil ho sakti hai.

Page | 78
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

AYAT 77: SABR MEHAZ KA HUKUM

Ayat 77

Kya tumne nahi dekha jinhe hukum kiya gaya tha ke apne hathon ko
roke rakho aur namazen padhte raho aur zakaat ada karte raho,
phir jab inhe jihad ka hukum diya gaya tou is waqt in ki ek jama’at
logon se is qadr darne lagi jaise Allâh Ta’ala ka dar ho, balke is se
bhi ziyada, aur kehne lage Aye hamare Rabb! Tu one hum par jihad
kyun farz kar diya. Kyun hame thodi si zindagi aur na jeene diya?
Aap keh dijiye ke duniya ki sood mandi tou bohot hi kam hai aur
parhezgaari ke liye tou aakhirat hi behtar hai aur tum par ak dhage
ke barabar bhi sitam rawa na rakha jayega.

Explanatory notes

Islam ke shuru‟aati period mein jab musalman Makkah mein thay un par
namaz farz thi, maal mein zakat dene ka hukum tha, fuqarah yaani
ghareebon ke saath ahsaan e sulook karne ka, mushrikon se dar‟guzar
karne ka, inhein muaf karne ka aur ak waqt tak‟ sabr ka hukum tha.
Musalmano ko Madina aa kar hi jihad ya Jang ki ijazat di gayi.

Makkah‟ mein musalman chunke ta‟daad aur wasa‟il yaani strength aur
resources ke aitbaar se ladne ke qabil nahi thay, is liye musalmanon ki
khuwahish ke ba‟wajud inhe qital se roke rakha gaya.

Is aayat mein yahan 02 batoun ki takeed jo hijrat se pehle ki thi, bayan ki ja

rahi hai;

Page | 79
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

1. Kafiron ke zulmana rawayye ko sabr aur hosle se bardasht karen aur

darguzar se kaam len.

2. Namaz, zakaat aur dusri ibadaat aur taali‟maat par amal ka

ehtemaam karen ta‟ke Allâh Ta‟ala se raabta ho jaye aur Allâh Ta‟ala
se ta‟alluq mazboot buniyadon par develop ho jaye.

Lekin hijarat ke baad jab Madina mein musalmanon ki taqat mujtama yaani
jama‟ ho gayi tou phir inhe qital ki ijazat de di gayi aur jab ijazat di gayi tou
kuch logon ne kamzori aur past himmati ka izhaar kiya.

Is par yahan is aayat mein Makki daur ki in ki aarzoo yaad dila kar kaha ja
raha hai ke ab ye musalman jihad ka hukum sun kar khauf zada kyun ho
rahe hain, jab ke ye hukum e jihad khud un ki khuwahish ke mutabiq hai.

Is ayat mein wazeh hai ke Makka ke 13 saal ke taweel period mein tableegh
ka silsila jaari raha kyun ke ye period tarbiyat ka period tha.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne logon ke khauf par himmat badhayi aur un par
wazeh kiya ke duniya ke fayede bahut kam waqt ke hain aur aakhirat mein
thode aamaal par bhi poora poora badla diya jayega. Is liye ajr e aakhirat
par apni nazar rakho jo har lihaz se behtar hai, aur is ke liye taqwa ikhtiyar
karna zaroori hai.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke tum muttaqi ban jao aur tum
par ak dhage ke barabar bhi zulm nahi kiya jayega yaani tumhare aamaal
mein kami nahi ki jayegi.

Helpful Hints: Makki dour mein Aap Nabi Kareem ko Wahi Khafi’ ke
zariye hukum diya gaya ke musalman kuffar ke tanz aur zulm ke jawab
mein apna reaction na den aur burayi ka jawab achchayi se hi den taáke,
aala zarf ka muzahira ho.

Ab Madani daur mein is aayat 77 mein zikr kiye gaye hukum ko bayan kiya
gaya hai. Is ayat mein munafiqeen ki buzdili ko zahir kiya gaya hai kyun ke

Page | 80
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

jab Madani daur mein qittal ka hukum hua tou munafiqeen is se gurez
karne lage.

Yahan Allâh Taála ne farmaya ke duniya ki zindgi bahut choti hai aur maut
tou bistar par bhi aani hai jo insaan ke liye ak itminan ki safe jagah hai, is
liye behtar hai ke Allâh Taála ki raah mein shahadat ki koshish ki jaaye.

AYAT 78 - 79: MAUT KA WAQT TEY’ SHUDA’ HAI

Ayat 78

Tum jahan kahin bhi ho maut tumhe aa kar pakdegi go tum mazboot
qilon mein ho. Aur agar inhe koi bhalai milti hai tou kehte hain ke ye
Allâh Ta’ala ki taraf se hai aur agar koi burai pohonchti hai tou keh
uthte hain ke ye teri taraf se hai. Inhe keh do ke ye sab kuch Allâh
Ta’ala ki taraf se hai. Inhe kya ho gaya hai ke koi baat samjhne ke
bhi qareeb nahi.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat e kareema‟ mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne farmaya hai ke, wo mout jis ke dar‟
se tum jihad se katra rahe ho jab is ka waqt aa jayega tou wo tum ko aayegi.
Kyun ke maut ka waqt hi nahi jagah bhi muqarrar hai.

Is ayat mein aise kamzor musalmanon ko samjhane ke liye kaha ja raha hai
ke;

1. Ye duniyan faani hai aur is ka fayda aarzi hai jis ke liye tum kuch
mohlat talab kar rahe ho. Is ke muqable mein aakhirat bohot behtar
aur pa‟aedaar yaani hamesha rehne wali hai.

Page | 81
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

2. Jihad karo ya na karo, maut tou apne waqt par aa kar rahegi chahe
tum mazboot qilon mein band ho kar baith jao, phir jihad se gurez ka
kya fayda?

Mazboot burjon se murad mazboot aur buland o baala oonche oonche qile
hain.

Is ayat mein yahan se phir munafiqeen ki baaton ka zikr ho raha hai.

Sabeqa yaani pehle ki ummat ke munkareen ki tarah inhone bhi kaha ke,
bhalayi yaani khush haali, ghalle ki paidawar, maal aur aulaad ki farwani
waghira Allâh Ta‟ala ki taraf se hai. Aur burai yaani qehet saali, maal aur
daulat mein kami waghairah, Aye Mohammad teri taraf se hai yani tere
deen ikhteyar karne ke natije mein aayi hai.

Jis tarah Hazrat Moosa Alahissalam aur qaum e firoun ke bare mein Allâh
Ta‟ala ne farmaya “jab inhe bhalai pohonchti hai tou kehte hain, ye hamare
liye hai, yani hum is ke mustahiq hain aur jab koi burai pohonchti hai tou
Hazrat Moosa Alahissalam aur un ke pairon‟karon se bad‟ shagoofi pakadte
hain yani Na’ooz billah in ki nahoosat ka natija batlate hain36.

Is ayat se aur aage aane waali Aayaat se ye wazeh hota hai ke, burayi ya
bhalai dono Allâh ki taraf se hi hai lekin ye log apni na‟ samjhi aur kam aqal
ki wajah se, jahiliyat ki ziyadati ki wajah se aur zulm ki wajah se is baat ko
samajh nahi paate.

Is ayat mein un logon ki tareef ka pehlu nikalta hai jo Allâh Ta‟ala ke

ahkaam ka fahm rakhte hain yaani samajh rakhte hain.

36
Al A‟raaf- 131]

Page | 82
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 79

Tujhe jo bhalai milti hai wo Allâh Ta’ala ki taraf se hai. Aur jo burai
pohonchti hai wo tere apne nafs ki taraf se hai. Humne tujhe tamam
logon ko paigham pohchane wala bana kar bheja hai aur Allâh
Ta’ala gawah kafi hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein husna‟ se murad wus‟at, kamyabi aur ghanimat‟ hai.
Is ka ak aur matlab hai ke bhalayi kisi neki ya ata‟at ka sila‟ nahi hai kyun
ke ak insan ko neki ki tAufeeq Allâh Ta‟ala hi deta hai. Aur ye Allâh Ta‟ala
ka khaas fazal aur ahsaan hai.
Bhalayi Allâh Ta‟ala ke fazl o karam se hai yani kisi naiki ya ata‟at ka sila
nahi hai, kyun ke naiki ko dil mein daalne wala Allâh Ta‟ala hi hai. Is ke
alawa is ki nematen itni be‟payan yaani khatm na hone waali hain ke ak
insaan ki ibadat aur ata‟at is ke muqable mein koi haisiyat nahi rakhti.
Is liye ak hadees mein Aap Nabi Kareem ne farmaya, jannat mein jo
bhi jayega mehez, Allâh ki rahmat se jayega apne aamal ki wajah se nahi.
Sahaba karam rizwan Allâh alaihim ajmaeen ne arz kiya ya Rasool Allâh Aap
bhi Allâh ki rahmat ke baghair jannat nahi jayenge, Aap Nabi Kareem
ne farmaya ke „han! jab tak‟ Allâh mujhe bhi apne, daman e rahmat
mein nahi dhaank lega jannat mein nahi jaunga‟37.
Is ayat mein burayi ki wazahat bhi chupi huyi hai ke ye insan ki apni
ghaltiyon aur gunahon ka natija hoti hai, aur ye insaan khud bure kaam

37
[Sahih Bukhari]

Page | 83
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

kar ke kamata hai. Ye burai bhi agar‟che Allâh ki mashiyat yaani marzi se hi
aati hai, lekin ye burai kisi gunah ka natija‟ ya us ka sila hoti hai.

Is liye farmaya, ye tumhare nafs se hai yani tumhari ghaltiyon, kotahiyon

aur gunahon ka natija hai. Jis tarah farmaya tumhe jo museebat pohnchi
hai, wo tumhare apne amal ka natija hai aur bohot se gunah tou Allâh
Ta‟ala muaf hi farma deta hai.

Yaqeenan Allâh Ta‟ala hi sab ka gawah hai aur wo gawah kaafi hai, yahan
Allâh Ta‟ala ne apne gawah hone ka sha‟oor dilaya hai.

Helpful Hints: In aayat 78 - 79 mein farmaya gaya hai ke insaan apni

hifazat ka kitna bhi saaman kar le, maut apne waqt par aa kar rahegi.
Munafiqeen mout se darte hain aur Qattal fe sabilillah par Labbaik nahi
kehte aur is buzdili ki wajah se unhe zillat o ruswayi ka saamna karna
padta hai, jis ka ghussa wo Aap Nabi Kareem par karte hain. Farmya
gaya ke Aap Nabi Kareem tou bargazeedah hasti hain aur un ki
azamat ko koi khatam nahi kar sakta.

AYAT 80 - 81: RASOOL KI ITAÁT HI ALLÂH KI ITAÁT HAI

Ayat 80

Is Rasool ki jo ata’at kare usi ne Allâh Ta’ala ki farma’bardari

ki aur jo muh phair le tou ham ne aap ko kuch in par nigehbaan
bana kar nahi bheja.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat e kareema‟ mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne farmaya hai ke, jis ne Rasool ki
ata‟at ki haqeeqat mein us ne Allâh Ta‟ala ki ata‟at ki, aur jis ne munh

Page | 84
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

moda‟ tou ham ne yaani Allâh Ta‟ala ne aise logon par Aap Nabi Kareem
ko nigah‟baan bana kar nahi bheja hai.
Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya hai ke, agar koi Rasool ke ahkamat se muh
modta hai tou zabardasti ata‟at karwana Rasool ki zimmedaari nahi hai. Is
liye yahan Aap Nabi Kareem ka kaam sirf Allâh Ta‟ala ke ahkaam ko
pohchana hai.
Allâh Ta‟ala aise logon ke aamaal ka muhafiz aur hisab lene wala hai.

Ayat 81

Ye kehte hain ke ata’at hai, phir jab Aap ke paas se uth kar bahar
nikalte hain tou in mein se ak jama’at, jo baat Aap ne ya us ne kahi
hai is ke khilaf raaton ko mashwara karte hain. In ki raaton ki baat
cheet Allâh likh raha hai, tou Aap in se munh phair len aur Allâh par
bharosa rakhen Allâh Ta’ala kafi kaar’ saaz hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein wazeh kiya hai ke, munafiq Rasool Allâh ki ata‟at ka dam‟
bharte thay yaani ye munafiqeen Aap ki majlis mein jo baaten zahir
karte, raaton ko in ke bar‟aks yaani bilkul ulti baaten karte aur sazishon ke
jaal bunte.
Is ayat e kareema‟ mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne farmaya ke, Aap in se aeraaz
karen yaani bachen aur Allâh par tawakkal karen kyun ke, in ki baten aur
sazishen Aap ko koi nuqsan nahi ponhcha sakengi kyon ke, Aap Nabi
Kareem ka Wali aur Kaar’saaz Allâh hai.
Yahan Allâh Ta‟ala par tawakkal karne ki talqeen ki gayi hai yaani apne
saare muamle, Allâh Ta‟ala ke supurd karna hai, ye keh kar Allâh Ta‟ala ne
apne Wakeel hone ka sha‟oor dilaya hai.

Page | 85
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Allâh Ta‟ala aise munafiqeen ke shar‟ ke muqabile mein Aap ke liye

kaafi hai.
Helpful Hints: In aayat 80 - 81 mein ye aham haqeeqat ka bayan hai ke
Allâh Taála ki itaát, Rasool Allâh ki itaát ke zariye se hoti hai, kyun ke
Allâh Taála ke saare ahkamaat Aap ke zariye se hi saari ummat ko
pohche hain.
Jab ke munafiqeen ka style of action yaani tarz e amal is ka bilkul ulat hai
jise Allâh Taála khoob jaan raha hai, us zaat se koi baat poshida nahi hai.

AYAT 82: MUNAFIQAT KA ILAJ TADABBUR E QUR’ÂN MEIN HAI

Ayat 82

Kya ye log Qur’ân mein ghaur nahi karte? Agar ye Allâh Ta’ala ke
siwa kisi aur ki taraf se hota tou yaqeenan is mein bhi kuch ikhtelaf
paate.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat ke mukhatib, jin ko address kiya gaya hai wo munafiq hain aur inhe
tanbih ki gayi hai ke Qur‟ân Allâh Ta‟ala ke siwa kisi aur ki janib se hota
tou tum us mein iktilaf paate.

Qur’ân e kareem se rehnumai hasil karne ke liye is mein ghaur aur

tadabbur ki takeed ki ja rahi hai aur is ki sadaqat yaani sachchayi janchne
ke liye ak standard bhi bataya gaya hai ke, agar ye kisi insaan ka banaya
hua kalam hota, jaisa ke kuffar ka khayaal hai, tou is ke mazameen yaani
toupics ya subject mein aur bayan kardah waqe‟aat mein aitraz aur farq
hote. Kyun ke ak tou Qur‟ân koi choti si kitab nahi hai, aur dusre ye ke ye
mukammal aur detailed kitab hai, jis ka har hissa is ki khuli nishaniyan
bayan karta hai aur is ko mumtaaz banata hai.

Page | 86
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Halanke, insaan ki banayi huyi badi tasneef chahe wo literature ho ya koi

aur bahut badi kitab ho us mein zuban ka standard aur us ki fasahat o
balaghat qayam nahi rehti hai.

Is ke alawa is Qur‟an mein pichli qaumon ke waqe‟aat bhi bayan kiye gaye
hain, jinhe Allâh A’la’mul Ghu’yoob ke siwa koi aur bayan nahi kar sakta. In
hikayat aur qasas mein na aapasi aitraz aur difference hain aur na hi in ka
chote se chota koi bhi juz ho wo Qur‟ân ki kisi asal se takrata hai. Halanke
ak insaan guzishta yaani pichle waqea‟at bayan kare tou tasalsul yaani
continuity ki kadiyan touot jati hain aur in ki tafseelo mein aitraz aur
difference aa jata hai.

Qur’ân e kareem ke in tamam insani kotahiyon se juda‟ hone ke saaf ma‟ani

ye hain ke, ye yaqeenan Kalam e Ilahi hai, Allâh Ta‟ala ne is Qur‟ân ko
farishte ke zariye se apne aakhiri paighamber Hazrat Mohammad Rasool
Allâh par nazil farmaya hai.

Helpful Hints: Is aayat 82 mein munafiqeen ko Qur‟ân e Hakeem par ghor o

fikr ki dawat di gayi hai. Qur‟ân jitna jitna insaan ke ander utarta hai ye
insaan ke baatin yaani andar ko imaan ki roshni se jagmaga deta hai.

Allâh Taála ka ilm hamesha se kaamil hai jis mein koi badlao ya bhatkao
nahi hai aur ye har qism ki behas se pare hai.

AYAT 83 -84: BAGHAIR TEHQEEQ KE KHABR AAGE NA BADHAO

Ayat 83

Jahan inhe koi khabar aman ki ya khauf ki mili inhone ise mashhoor
karna shuru kar diya, halanke agar ye log is Rasool ke aur apne
mein se aisi baaton ki teh tak’ pohonchne walon ke hawale kar dete

Page | 87
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

tou is ki haqeeqat wo log maloom kar lete jo nateeja akhz karte hain.
Aur agar Allâh Ta’ala ka fazl aur is ki rahmat tum par na hoti tou
ma’doode chand (ginti ke kuch) ke alawa tum sab shaitan ke
pairu,kaar ban jaate.

Explanatory notes

Hz. Umar [Link] riwayat hai ke jab Aap Nabi Kareem ne azwaje
mutharat se kinara‟ kashi ikhtiyar ki thi tou logon ne Madina mein charcha
kar diya ke Aap Nabi Kareem ne sab azwaj‟ ko talaq de di. Hz. Umar
[Link] khabar ko bardasht nahi kar sake aur aap ne jaa kar Rasool Allâh
Aap Nabi Kareem se poocha ke kya aap ne sab azwaj‟ ko talaq de di ?

Aap Nabi Kareem ne farmaya nahi. Phir Hz. Umar R.A. ne Masjid e
Nabwi ke darwaze par khade ho kar ba‟awaaz buland ye pukara ke, Aap
Nabi Kareem ne azwaje mutharat ko talaq nahi di, is par Allâh Ta‟ala
ne ye ayat nazil farmayi38.

Yahan khouf aur aman ki khabren sun kar phelane wale yahudi aur
munafiq hi nahi thay balke, kuch musalman bhi thay.

Ye ayat, kuch kamzor aur jald baaz musalmanon ka rawaiyya aur un ki

islaah ki gharz se bayan ki ja rahi hai. Aman ki khabar se murad
musalmanon ki kamiyabi aur dushman ki halakat aur shakist ki khabar
hai, jis ko sun kar aman aur itmeinan ki leher daud jati hai aur jis ke natije
mein kai baar zaroorat se ziyada pur aite‟maadi paida hoti hai jo nuqsan ka
baa‟is ban sakti hai.

Khauf ki khabar se murad musalmanon ki shakist aur in ke qatl aur

halakat ki khabar hai, jis se musalmanon mein afsurdgi yaani gham phailne
aur in ke hosle past hone ka imkaan hota hai.

38 Sahih Muslim 480/1

Page | 88
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Is ayat mein yahan is liye inhe kaha ja raha hai ke, is qism ki khabrain,
chahe aman ki hon ya khauf ki inhe sun kar aam logon mein phailane ke
baja‟e Rasool ke paas pohcha do ya ahle ilm aur tahqeeq yaani ilm ki
gehrayion ko samajhne wale aur khoj karne walo mein inhe pohcha do ta‟ke
wo dekhain ke ye khabar sahi hai ya ghalat hai?

Agar khabar sahih hai tou, is waqt is se musalmanon ka ba‟khabar hona

mufeed yaani fayede‟mand hai ya be‟khabar rehna, ye usool waise tou aam
halaat mein bhi bada aham yaani khaas hai lekin jang ki halat mein tou is
ki ahmiyat yaani importance bohot hi ziyada hai.

Istanbaat, nabt se bana hai aur nabt is pani ko kehte hain jo kuwan (well)
khodte waqt sab se pehle nikalta hai. Isi liye istambaat tehqeeq aur baat ki
teh‟ tak‟ pohochne ko kaha jata hai39. Allâh Ta‟ala fermata hai ke, agar Allâh
Ta‟ala ka fazl o reham tum par na hota tou tum sab sirf chand kaamil
imaandar logon ke, shaitan ke taabe‟daar ban jaate.

Ayat 84

Tu Allâh Ta’ala ki raah mein jihad karta reh, tujhe sirf teri zaat ke
nisbat hukum diya jata hai, han imaan walon ko raghbat dilata reh,
bohot mumkin hai ke Allâh Ta’ala kafiron ki jang ko rok de aur Allâh
Ta’ala sakht quwwat wala hai aur saza dene mein bhi sakht hai.

Explanatory notes
Ghazwa e Uhad ke baad Aap Nabi Kareem ne Abu Sufiyan se wa‟ada
kar liya tha ke maah Zee’Qadah’ mein Badr e Sughra par dono fareeqon ka
phir muqabila hoga. Jab waqt muqarrar aaya to Aap Nabi Kareem ne

39 [Fatah al Qadeer]

Page | 89
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

musalmano ko jihad ki dawat di, lekin kuch logon ne Aap Nabi Kareem
ki dawat qubool nahi ki, is par Allâh Ta‟ala ne ye ayat nazil farmayi40.
Allah Ta‟aala Nabi S.A.W. se farmate hain ke mominon dilairi dila aur inhen
jihad ki raghbat dila, chunanche Badar wale din maidan e jihad mein
musalmanon ki safain durust karte huye Huzoor S.A.W. ne farmaya uth
khade ho aur badho us Jannat ki taraf jiski chaudai aasman aur zameen
hai aur bhi bohot si cheezen hain jihad ki targheeb dene per.
Is ayat mein logon ko jihad karne aur josh dilane ke liye Aap Nabi Kareem
ko hukum diya gaya hai ke, log jihad karen ya na karen aap akele
hon tou Aap apne nafs ke zimmedaar hain. Lekin ye zaroori hai ke aap
dusron ko jihad karne aur josh dilane ke liye kahen.
Islam ka buniyadi usool hai ke har shakhs apni zaat ka zimmedaar hai.
Allâh Ta‟ala ki taraf se Asa‟ ka lafz yaqeen ke ma‟ana mein istimal hota hai,
is liye is ayat mein wa‟ada kiya ja raha hai ke, bahut jaldi kuffar ka zor
touot jayega aur musalmano ka ghalba‟ hoga.
Allâh Ta‟ala is ayat mein farma rahen hain ke, tum meri raah mein Jang
karo, tumhen tumhari zaat ke siwa‟ kisi ki takleef nahi di jaati aur momino
ko Aap Nabi Kareem aise hi himmat dilayen, qareeb hai ke Allâh Ta‟ala
un logon ki ladayi rok de jinhone kufr kiya aur Allâh Ta‟ala bahut sakht
ladayi karne wala aur bahut sakht saza dene wala hai.
Yahan Allâh Ta‟ala ka wa‟ada poora hua, aur Jazeera’ Arab apne zamane ke
saath Faras aur Rom ki sar‟ zameen par Islam ka jhanda‟ lehrane laga.

Helpful Hints: In aayat 83 - 84 mein munafiqeen ka afwahen phelane ka

jurm bayan kiya gaya hai, jab ke Allâh Taála ka yahan hukum hai ke
khabar ki tehqeeq zaroori hai aur us ko sahibaan e ikhtiyar ke paas
pohchana zaroori hai taáke wo us khabar ki tasdeeq aur tardeed kar saken.

40 Mazhari-116/3

Page | 90
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Logon ko jihad karne aur josh dilane ke liye Aap Nabi Kareem ko
hukum diya gaya ke, aap Allâh Ta‟ala ki raah mein jihad karte rahen, aur
imaan walon ko raghbat dilate rahen.

AYAT 85 - 87: ACHCHI DAWAT SADAQAH JARIYA AUR BURI DAWAT GUNAHE JARIYA

HAI

Ayat 85

Jo shakhs kisi naiki ya bhale kaam ki sifarish kare ise bhi is ka

kuch hissa milega aur jo burai aur badi’ ki sifarish kare us ke liye
bhi is mein se ak hissa hai, aur Allâh Ta’ala her cheez par qudrat
rakhne wala hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya hai ke, jo koi kisi dusre ki bhalayi ke kisi
kaam mein sifarish karta hai aur us kaam mein us ki madad karta hai tou
madad karne wale ko us ki koshish aur amal ke mutabiq us nek sifarish se
hissa‟ milega aur jis ka kaam kiya gaya hai us ke nek kaam ke sawab mein
bhi koi kami na ki jayegi41.
Lekin sifarish agar kisi bure kaam ki hai ya burayi ki hai tou sifarish karne
wale ko bhi gunah se hissa milta rahega. Aur Allâh Ta‟ala her cheez par
qudrat rakhne wala hai yaani har cheez par nigahbaan hai.
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne achchi aur buri sifarish ke badle se apne
Muqeet (Qudrat rakhne wala) hone ka sha‟oor dilaya hai. Yahan muqeet se
murad Shaheed (gawah), Haseeb (kafi hai) aur Hafeez (hifazat karne wala)
hai.

41 Tafseer Saadi 555/1

Page | 91
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

CHAPTER 5: SURAH AN-NISA’ (WOMEN) (AYAT 86 - 93)

AYAT 85 - 87: ACHCHI DAWAT SADAQA JARIYA AUR BURI DAWAT GUNAHE JARIYA HAI

Ayat 86

Aur jab tumhen salam kiya jaye tou tum is se achcha jawab do ya
inhin alfaaz ko lauta do. Be’ shuba’ Allâh Ta’ala har cheez ka hisab
lene wala hai.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, Aur jab tumhen salamati ki
dua di jaye tou tum is se behtar salamati ki dua do ya phir utna hi louta kar
do. Yaqeenan Allâh Ta’ala hamesha se har cheez ka poora hisab karne wala
hai.

Is ayat mein Tahiyyata asal mein, Tahiyyata [Tafalata] hai, yahan “ya” ke
“ya” mein adgham yaani merge hone ke baad Tahiyyata ho gaya is ke ma‟ani
hai, Darazi umr ki dua yaani Addua bilhayat, yahan ye salam karne ke
ma‟ani mein hai42.

Ziyada achcha jawab dene ki tafseer hadees mein is tarah aayi hai ke,
Assalamu alaikum ke jawab mein warah’matullah ka izafa aur Assalamu
alaikum warah’matullah ke jawab mein wa’barakatah ka izafa kar diya jaye.

Lekin koi Assalamu alaikum warah’matullah wa’barakatah kahe to phir

izafe ke baghair inhin alfaaz mein jawab diya jaye.

42 [Fatah Al Qadeer]

Page | 92
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ak aur hadees mein hai ke sirf Assalamu alaikum kehne se das naikiyan
aur is ke sath warah’matullah keh ne se bees naikiyan aur wa’barakatah
keh ne se tees naikiyan milti hain43.

Yahan ye yaad rahe ke, ye hukum musalmanon ke liye hai, yani ak

musalman jab dusre musalman ko salam kare tou aisa kahe.

Lekin ahl e zimma yani yahood aur nasara ko salam karna ho to ak to in ko

salam karne mein pehel na ki jaye. Dusre izafa na kiya jaye balke sirf wa
alikum ke sath jawab diya jaye44.

Salam ka zikr Qur‟ân mein milta hai;

Surah Ibrahim: 23

In ki aapas ki dua salam hogi.

Surah Al Ahzab: 44

Un ki dua jis din wo us se milenge, salam hogi aur Allâh Ta’ala ne un ke liye
ba’izzat ajar tayyar rakha hai.

Surah An Noor: 61

Phir jab dakhil hua karo tum gharon mein to apne logon ko salam karo, Allâh
Ta’ala ki taraf se bada ba’barkat aur paakeezah touhfa’ hai.

Hafiz Ibne Kaseer likhte hain; Salam karna sunnat hai aur jawab dena farz
hai.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne apne Haseeb hone ka sha‟oor dilaya hai,
Haseeba’ ka ma‟ani yahan Kaafi hai, jis ka matlab hai ke jo amal tum
karoge Allâh Ta‟ala ke yahan us ka ajar moujood paoge.

43 [Masand Ahmad, Jild 4-439, 440]

44 [Sahih Bukhari Kitab Al Astizan- Muslim, Kitabus‟Salam]

Page | 93
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 87

Allâh wo hai jis ke siwa koi maa’bood nahi wo tum sab ko yaqeenan
qiyamat ke din jama karega jis ke [aane] mein koi shak nahi Allâh
Ta’ala se ziyada sachchi baat wala aur kaun hoga.

Explanatory notes
Insan ki tarbiyat ki shurua‟at is faith se hoti hai ke Allâh Ta‟ala ak ma‟abood
hai aur us ke siwa koi ibadat ke layaq nahi yahan Allâh Ta‟ala ne apni
wahdaniyat mein apni sab se juda sifat ka bayan farmaya hai aur qasam
kha kar yaqeen dilaya hai ke wo qayamat ke din tum sab ko jama‟ karega,
jis ke aane mein koi shak nahi hai, aur har shakhs ko us ke kiye ka yaani
amal ka badla milega.
Is ayat mein aqeeda e tauheed aur aqeeda e aakhirat ko laane ki hikmat ka
bayan hai, aur Allâh Ta‟ala se badh kar baat aur qoul mein sachcha kaun
hai! Ye Allâh Ta‟ala ka A’ala’ darja hai.

Helpful Hints: In aayat 85 -87 mein ye haqeeqat bayan ki gayi hai ke jo

neki ki taraf bulayega us ko neki karne wale ke barabar ajar milega aur jo
burayi ki taraf bulayega us ko burayi karne wale ke barabar saza milegi.
Allâh Taála ham ko khair ki dawat aam karne ki toufeeq ata‟
farmaye….Aameen.

Page | 94
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

AYAT 88 - 91: MUNAFIQEEN KA HIJRAT SE GUREZ

Ayat 88

Tumhen kya ho gaya hai? ke munafiqon mein do giroh ho rahe ho?

Inhe to in ke aamal ki wajah se Allâh Ta’ala ne ondha kar diya hai.
Ab kya tum ye mansoobe bana rahe ho ke Allâh Ta’ala ke gumrah
kiye huon ko tum raah raast par laa khada karo, jise Allâh Ta’ala
raah bhula de tou hargiz is ke liye koi raah na payega.

Explanatory notes
Zaid bin Sabit [Link] is ayat ke bare mein farmaya ke kuch log yaani
munafiqeen jo ooper se Aap Nabi Kareem ke saath thay, Jang e Uhad
mein Aap Nabi Kareem ko chod kar wapis chale aaye tou un ke baare
mein musalmanon ki 2 jama‟aten ho gayin.
Ak jama‟at ye kehti thi ke ya Rasool Allâh un se yaani munafiqeen se
qataal kijiye aur ak jama‟at ye kehti thi ke un se qataal nahi kijiye. Is par ye
ayat nazil huyi aur Aap Nabi Kareem ne farmaya ke ye Madina tayyaba‟
hai, ye khabasat aur burayi ko is tarah dur kar deta hai jaise aag chandi ke
mel kuchel ko dur kar deti hai45.

Is ayat mein yahan ye enquire karna ya pooch taach karna, inkaar ke liye
hai yani Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, tumhare darmiyan in munafiqeen
ke bare mein ikhtelaf nahi hona chahiye tha. In munafiqeen se murad wo
hain jo Uhad ki jang mein Madina se kuch dur ja kar wapas aa gaye thay, is
na‟farmani ki tafseel pehle guzar chuki hai46.

45 Bukahri-4589
46 [Sahih Bukhari, Sureh- Nisa, Sahih Muslim, Kitabul Munafiqeen]

Page | 95
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya hai ke, in munafiqeen ke bare mein is waqt
musalmanon ke do giroh ban gaye, ak giroh ka kehna hai ke hame in
munafiqeen se bhi ladna chahiye, dusra giroh ise maslehat ke khilaf
samajhta.

Is ayat mein yahan Kasaboo [aamal] se murad Rasool Allâh ki

mukhalifat aur jihad se aeraaz yaani bachna hai.

Arkasahum’ aundha kar diya yani jis kufr aur zalalat se nikle thay, is mein
phir se mubtila kar diya, ya is ke sabab halak kar diya, is ayat mein is ki
wazahat di gayi hai.

Jis ko Allâh gumrah kar de yani musalsal kufr aur nafrat ki wajah se in ke
dilon par mohar laga di gayi hai aur ab, inhe koi raah yaab nahi kar sakta.

Is ayat e kareema‟ mein zikr kiye gaye munafiqeen se murad wo munafiqeen

hain jo apne Islam ka izhar tou karte thay lekin apne kufr ke saath unhone
Makkah se Hijrat nahi ki. Ek jagah Hazrat Ibn e Abbas r.a. farmate hain
Makkah main kuch log the jo kalimah goh to the lekin musalmanon ke
khilaf mushrikon ki madad karte the. In logon ke bare mein kuch
musalmano mein shak o shuba‟ hua jis ki wajah se musalmanon ka ak
group in ke islam ke izhar ki wajah se in ka qataal ko harj samajhta tha aur
kuch un par kufr ka hukum lagate thay. Inka ye ikhtelaf Huzoor S.A.W. ke
samne hua Aap khamosh the ke jo ye Aayat nazil hui.

Yahan is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne aagah farmaya ke tumhare liye ye

munasib nahi hai ke tum in ke bare mein kisi qism ka shak o shuba‟ karo,
balke in ka muamla bilkul saaf hai aur is me koi shak nahi hai ke wo
munafiq hain aur ye chahte hain ke tum bhi kufr kar ke in mein shamil ho
jao.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke Allâh Ta‟ala ne inhein in ki
bad‟niyatou aur bad‟aamal ki wajah se kufr ki taraf pher diya hai.

Page | 96
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne sawal kiya hai ke kya tum chahte ho ke inhein
hidayat do jinhein Allâh Ta‟ala ne gumrah kiya hai. Ye is baat ki daleel hai
ke jise Allâh Ta‟ala gumrah kar de us ko insaan hidayat nahi de sakta kyun
ke Allâh Ta‟ala hi hidayat dene wala hai aur us ke hi haath mein hidayat ka
ikhtiyar hai.

Ayat 89

In ki to chahat hai ke jis tarah ke kaafir wo hain tum bhi un ki tarah

kufr karne lago aur phir sab yaksaan ho jao, pas jab tak’ ye islaam
ki khatir watan na choden in mein se kisi ko haqeeqi dost na banao.
Phir agar ye munh phair len to inhe pakdo. Aur qatl karo jahan bhi
hath lag jayen. Khabardar in mein se kisi ko apna rafeeq aur
madadgar na samajh bethna.

Explanatory notes
Ye ayat Hijrat yaani tark e watan ke talluq se hai, jis mein munafiqeen khud
ko gumrah kiye huye hain, is Ayat ke zariye se yahan ye wazeh kiya gaya
hai aur musalmano ke bare mein bhi in ki ye khwahish hai ke wo bhi kufr
ka raasta ikhtiyar kar lete tou achcha hota.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke jaisa ke inhone yaani
munafiqeen ne kufr kiya hai waisa hi tum bhi kufr karo ta‟ake tum sab
barabar ho jao, is liye inmein se tum kisi ko dost na banao jab tak‟ ke wo
Allâh Ta‟ala ki raah mein Hijrat yaani tark e watan na karen.

Hijrat is baat ki daleel hogi ke ab ye mukhlis musalman ho gaye hain. Is

soorat mein in se dosti aur mohabbat jaaiz hogi. Yahan dosti ke liye Hijrat ki
shart aa‟ed kar di gayi lekin wo Hijrat sirf aur sirf Allâh Ta‟ala ke liye ho aur
usi ke bataye gaye raaste ke liye ho.

Page | 97
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Hijrat ke bahut se type hote hain;

1. Hijrat Makkah (Darul Harab) se Madina (Darus’salam) ko, jo Aap Nabi

Kareem ki nusrat yaani madad ke liye thi aur Islam ki shrua‟ti
dour mein wajib thi, jab tak‟ ke Aap Nabi Kareem ne farmaya ke
fatah e Makka ke baad Hijrat nahi47. Ye sirf is waqt ke liye khas tha
kyunke is waqt her taraf aman hi aman ho gaya tha.

2. Munafiqon ki Aap Nabi Kareem ke saath Ghazwa yaani Jang

mein Hijrat thi. Darus’ Salam mein jo log Islam le aate thay un par
Hijrat wajib ho jaati thi.

3. Musalmano ki Hijrat us cheez se jo Allâh Ta‟ala ne haram ki ho.

Yahan ye maloom hona chahiye ke Mahajir wo hai jo us cheez ko chod
de jis se Allâh Ta‟ala ne us ko roka hai, ya us ko chod de jo Allâh
Ta‟ala ne us par haram ki ho, dono Hijratein saabit hain48.

4. Na‟farmano ki Hijrat, jab tak ke in mein islah na hon aur adab na

aaye tab tak‟ in se dur raha jaye yahan tak‟ ke wo tauba kar len. Aap
Nabi Kareem ne aisa Ka’ab bin Malik aur us ke saathiyon ke
saath kiya tha49.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, aur agar wo phir bhi tum se
munh pher len yaani agar Darul Harab mein rehne wale musalman kalma
padhne ke baad Hijrat ki shart qubool na karen to jahan bhi tum un ko
paao, inhe qatl karo, lekin jab tumhen in par qudrat aur taqat hasil ho jaye,
aur in mein se kisi ko dost aur madad gaar na banao.

47 Sahih Bukhari

48 Abu Dawud, Sahih Bukhari

49 Tafseer Muneer 204-205/3

Page | 98
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 90

Siwae in ke jo is qaum se ta’alluq rakhte hon jin se tumhara

moa’hida ho chuka hai ya jo tumhare pas is halat mein aayen ke tum
se jung karne se bhi tang dil hain aur apni qaum se bhi jang karne
mein tang dil hain. Aur agar Allâh Ta’ala chahta to inhen tum par
musallat kar deta aur tum se yaqeenan jung karte. Pas agar ye log
tum se kinara kashi ikhteyar kar len aur tum se ladai na karen aur
tumhari janib sulah ka paigham dalen to Allâh ne tumhare liye in par
koi raah, ladai ki nahi ki.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein, jin se ladne hai ka ilm diya ja raha hai, is talluq se yahan 2
qism ke log hain;

1. Wo log jo aisi qaum se raabta aur ta‟alluq rakhte hain. Ye log aisi qaum
ke fard hain ya is ki panah mein hain jis qaum se tumhara mua‟hida hai.
2. Wo log jo tumhare paas is haal mein aate hain ke in ke seene is baat se
tang hain ke wo apni qaum se mil kar tum se ya tum se milkar apni qaum
se jang karen yani ye log na tou tumhari himayat mein ladna pasand karte
hain aur na tumhari mukhalifat mein hote hain.

Ye Allâh Ta‟ala ka ahsaan hai ke in ko ladai se alag kar diya warna agar
Allâh Ta‟ala in ke dil mein bhi apni qaum ki himayat mein ladne ka khyaal
paida kar deta tou yaqeenan wo bhi tum se ladte.

Is liye agar wa‟qai ye log jang se kinara kash rahen tou tum bhi in ke khilaf
koi qadam mat‟ uthao.

Page | 99
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Is ayat mein wazeh kar diya gaya ke, kinara kash rahen, na laden, tumhari
janib sulah ka paigham dalen, sab ka mafhoom yahan ak hi hai.

Takeed aur wazahat ke liye yahan 3 lafz istemal kiye gaye hain. Ta‟ke
musalman in ke baare mein mohtaat yaani chokanna rahen, kyun ke jo
jang aur qital se pehle hi alehda yaani alag hain aur in ki ye alehdgi
musalmanon ke fa‟yede mein bhi hai, is iliye is ko Allâh Ta‟ala ne bataur e
ehsaan ke zikr kiya hai.

Allâh Ta‟ala yahan hukum de rahen hain ke, Is liye jab ye log ooper zikr kiye
gaye haal par qayam rahen tou in se mat lado!

Is ki missal wo jama‟at bhi hai jis ka ta‟alluq Bani Hashim se tha, ye Jang e
Badr wale din Mushrikeen e Makkah ke sath maidan e jung mein to aaye
thay, lekin ye in ke sath mil kar musalmanon se ladna pasand nahi karte
thay, jaise Hazrat Abbas R.A. aur Rasool ke Chachaa waghera jo abhi
tak‟ musalman nahi huye thay, is iliye zahir taur par kafiron ke camp mein
thay. Is liye Aap Nabi Kareem ne Hazrat Abbas R.A. ko qatl karne se
rok diya aur inhen sirf qaidi banane par iktefa (Yaani bas) kiya.

Salam yahan musaa‟lma yani sulah ke maani mein hai.

Ayat 91

Tum kuch logon ko aisa bhi paoge jin ki [bazahir] chahat hai ke tum
se bhi aman mein rahen. Aur apni qaum se bhi aman mein rahen.
lekin jab kabhi fitna angezi ki taraf laye jate hain to aundhe munh is
mein daal diye jate hain, pas agar ye log tum se kinara kashi na
karen aur tum se sulah ke liye harkat na karen aur apne hath na rok

Page | 100
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

len to inhe pakdo aur maar dalo jahan kahin bhi pao yahi woh log
hain jin par humne tumhen zahir e hujjat inayat farmayi.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein yahan ab ak teesre giroh ka zikr ho raha hai jo munafiqeen ka

tha, ye musalmanon ke pas aate to islaam ka izhaar karte ta‟ke
musalmanon se mehfooz rahen, aur jab wapas apni qaum mein jaate to
shirk but‟ parasti karte ta‟ke wo inhe apne hi mazhab mein samjhen aur
yun ye log donon se fa‟yede hasil karte.

Is ayat mein Alfitna se murad shirk bhi ho sakta hai, yaani ye log isi shirk
mein lauta diye jate. Ya Alfitna se murad qital bhi ho sakta hai ke, jab inhe
musalmanon ke saath ladne ki taraf bulaya yani lautaya jata hai to wo is
par aama‟dah yaani tayyar ho jate hain.

Ye is baat par farmaya gaya ke waqa‟i in ke dilon mein nifaq aur in ke sinon
mein tumhare khilaf nafratein hain, tab‟ hi wo ye choti si koshish mein
yaani do bara fitne aur shirk mein ya tumhare khilaf tayyar qital hone mein
mubtila ho gaye.

Helpful Hints: In aayat 88 - 91 mein musalmano ko hukum diya gaya ke jo

log Hijrat ke liye tayyar na hon wo munafiq hain, un ka lihaz na karo aur
kafiron ki tarah un se bhi Jung karo.

Albat‟ta agar is tarah ke munafiqeen ka talluq kisi aisi qoum se ho, jis se
tumhara agreement hai to phir agreement ka paas karo. Agar koi in mein se
khud aa kar majboori ka izhaar kare aur amaan talab kare to us ko amaan
de do aur us ka khyal rakho.

Page | 101
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

AYAT 92: QATL E KHATA KA KUFFARAH

Ayat 92

Kisi momin ko dusre momin ka qatl kar dena zaiba nahi. Magar
ghalti se ho jaye tou aur baat hai, jo shakhs kisi musalman ko bila
qasad maar dale, is par ak musalman ghulam ki gardan aazad
karana aur maqtouol ke azizon ko khoon baha pohonchana hain. Han
ye aur baat hai ke wo log bataur sadaqah muaf kar den. Aur agar
maqtouol tumhari dushman qaum ka ho aur ho wo musalman ho, tou
sirf ak momin ghulam ki gardan aazad karani lazmi hai. Aur agar
maqtouol is qaum ka ho ke tum mein aur in mein ahad o paiman hai
tou khoon baha laazim hai, jo is ke kumbe walon ko ponhchaya jaye
aur ak musalman ghulam aazad karna bhi zaroori hai. Pas jo na
paye is ke zimme lagataar do mahine ke roze hain, Allâh Ta’ala se
bakhshwane ke liye, aur Allâh Ta’ala bakhoobi janne wala aur
hikmat wala hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya hai ke Islam mein na‟haq qatl karna shadeed
jurm hai. Ye qatl kisi momin ka ho to amali kufr hai aur shirk ke baad sab
se bada gunah hai. Is jurm ke baad Allâh Ta‟ala ke ghazab aur is ki la‟anat
ke alfaz se is jurm ki shiddat bilkul wazeh ho jaati hai.

Is ayat mein, nafi, nahi ke ma‟yne mein hai jo hurmat ki mutaqazi (taqaza)
hai yani ak momin ko qatl karna mamnoo‟ aur haram hai. Is ayat mein

Page | 102
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

wazeh kiya gaya hai ke, tumhare liye ye layaq nahi hai ke tum Allâh ke
rasool ko eeza yaani takleef pohnchao yani aisa karna haram hai.

Ghalti ke asbab aur wajah kai baar ho sakte hain, yahan maqsad ye hai ke
niyat aur iradah qatl ka na ho, magar be‟ wajah qatl ho jaye ye alag baat
hai.

Is ayat ke zariye se yahan qatl karne ki khata ka jurmana bayan kiya ja

raha hai, jo do tarah se hain;

1. Ak bataur kuffara aur astaghfar hai yani musalman ghulam ki gardan

azaad karna hai.

2. Dusra bataur e haq’ al’ ibaad ke hai aur wo hai maqtouol ke khoon ke
badle mein jo cheez maqtouol ke warison ko di jaye, wo diyat ki
miqdar. Hadees ki roo‟ se 100 oont ya is ke masawi qeemat sone
chandi ya currency ki shakl mein hogi. Han ye aur baat hai ke wo log
bataur sadaqah muaf kar den. Muaf kar dene ko sadaqe se tabeer
karna, is ayat mein yahan maqsad muafi ki targheeb dena hai. Yani is
surat mein diyat nahi hogi.

Is ki wajah kuch mufassarin ne ye bayan ki hai ke kyun ke is ke waris Harbi

kafir hain, is liye wo musalman ki diyat lene ke haq‟dar nahi is wajah se is
ke khoon ki hurmat kam hai50. Yani wo musalman jo qalt hua wo kisi ghair
muslim ke mua‟hide mein tha to iski diyat ghair muslim ko jaegi aur isse ek
ghair muslim ko quwwat milegi is liye yahan diyat nahin deni.

Ye ek teesri soorat hai is me bhi wahi Kuffara aur Diyat hai jo pehli soorat
mein hai yaani bataur kuffara aur astaghfar hai jis ka matlab, musalman
ghulam ki gardan azaad karna hai.

Baaz mufassarin ne kaha hai ke agar maqtouol, moa‟hid yaani Zamee jo

wahan us mulk mein reh kar tax pay karta ho tou is ki Diyat musalman ki

50 [ Fatah al Qadeer]

Page | 103
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Diyat se nisf yaani aadhi hogi, Kyun ke hadees mein kaafir ki Diyat
musalman ki Diyat se nisf bayan ki gayi hai.

Lekin ziyada sahi baat ye maloom hoti hai ke is teesri soorat mai bhi
maqtouol musalman hi ka hukum bayan kiya ja raha hai.

Is ki wazahat ye hai ke, agar gardan azad karne ki isteta‟at na ho tou pehli
soorat aur is akhiri soorat mein Diyat ke sath musalsal yaani lagatar
baghair naghe ke do mahine ke roze hain.

Agar darmiyan mein nagha ho gaya to naye sire se roze rakhne zaroori
honge (Siwaye shara-ii uzr ke). Jese haiz, nifas ya shadeed bimari, jis mein
roze na rakhe ja saken. Safar ke uzr e sharai hone mein ikhtelaf hai51.

Allâh Ta‟ala se bakhshwane ke liye us ka ye kuffara‟ aur astaghfaar aur

apne nafs ko qabu mein rakhna, ye Allâh Ta‟ala bakhoobi janne wala hai
aur Allâh Ta‟ala bahut hikmat wala hai.

Helpful Hints: Is Aayat 92 mein agar koi musalman ghalti se kisi

musalman ko qatl kar de tou us ke kuffarah ki soorat hai;

1. Ak musalman ghulam ko azaad karna aur maqtouol ke wursa‟ ko

khoon baha ada‟ karna,

2. Maqtouol musalman ho lekin us ka talluq kisi dushman qoum se ho

tou sirf musalman ghulam ko azaad karna,

3. Agar maqtouol ki qoum se agreement ho tou phir wursa‟ ko khoon

baha ada‟ karna aur musalman ghulam ko azaad karna,

4. Agar mazkoora kuffarah dene ki maali hesiyat na ho tou 2 musalsal

mahino ke roze rakhna hai.

51 [Ibn e Kaseer]

Page | 104
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

AYAT 93: QATL E NA’HAQ KA WABAAL

Ayat 93

Aur jo koi kisi momin ko qasdan qatl kar dale, is ki saza dozakh hai
jis mein wo hamesha rahega. Is par Allâh Ta’ala ka ghazab hai. Ise
Allâh Ta’ala ne laanat ki hai aur is ke liye bada azaab tayyar kar
rakha hai.

Explanatory notes
Agar koi musalman jaan boojh kar iradatan dusre musalman ko qatl karta
hai tou us ko qatl amad kehte hain. Aur us ki saza jahannum hai, jis mein
wo hamesh rehne wala hai, ye qatl amad ki saza hai.
Qatl ki teen qismen hain;
1. Qatl khata jis ka zikr pehle bayan ki gayi aayat mein hai,
2. Qatl e shuba amad jo hadees se sabit hai.
3. Qatl e amad jis ka matlab hai irada aur niyat se kisi ko qatl karna aur
is ke liye wo a‟ala istemaal karna jis se aa‟datan qatl kiya ja raha hai
jaise talwar, khanjar waghera.
Is Aayat mein momin ke qatl par nihayat sakht wa‟eed yaani saza bayan ki
gayi hai maslan is ki saza jahannum hai jis mein us ko hamesha rehna
hoga. Is ke saath saath Allâh ka ghazab aur is ki laanat aur azab e azeem
bhi hoga. Itni sakht saza‟en ak saath kisi bhi gunah ki bayan nahi ki gayi
hai jaise yahan is ayat mein bayan ki ja rahi hain.
Is ayat se ye wazeh ho jata hai ke ek momin ko qatl karna Allâh ke yahan
kitna bada jurm hai.
Ahadees mein bhi is ki sakht burayi kar ke bachne ka kaha gaya hai aur is
par sakht waeeden yaani Allâh Ta‟ala ki saza‟on ka bayan kiya gaya hai.
Momin ke qatl ki tauba qubool hai ya nahi?

Page | 105
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Baaz Ulama‟ mazkoora yaani yahan zikr ki gayi sakht wa‟eed ko saamne
rakhte huye qubool e tauba ke qaa‟il nahi.
Lekin Qur‟ân aur hadees ki roshni se ye wazeh hai ke khalis tauba se har
gunah muaf ho sakta hai52, aur dusri aayat e tauba bhi Islam mein aam
hain.
Har gunah chaahe chota ho, ya bada ho tauba tun nussoh se is ki muafi
mumkin hai yahan is ki saza jahannum jo hai bayan ki gayi hai.
Is ka matlab hai ke agar is ne tauba nahi ki tou is ki ye saza hai jo Allâh
Ta‟ala is jurm par ise de sakta hai. Isi tarah tauba na karne ki soorat mein
khulood yaani hamesha jahannum mein rehne ka matlab bhi lambi muddat
hai.
Kyun ke jahannum mein khulood kafiron aur mushrikon ke liye hi hai is ke
alawa qatl ka ta‟alluq agar‟che huqooq ul ibaad se hai jo tauba se bhi saqit
(saqit) nahi hote. Lekin Allâh Ta‟ala apne fazl aur karam se is ki talafi aur
izala farma sakta hai, is tarah maqtouol ko bhi badla mil jayega aur qatil ki
bhi muafi ho jayegi53.
Helpful Hints: Is aayat 93 mein farmaya ke, jo kisi musalman ko jaan boojh
kar na‟haq qatl kare aur baghair tauba‟ kiye mar jaye to wo hamesha
hamesh jahannum mein rahega. Allâh Taála us par naraaz hua, us par
bada azaab tayyar hai.

52 [Al furqan -70]

53
[Fatah al Qadeer o Ibn e kaseer]

Page | 106
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

CHAPTER 6: SURAH AN-NISA’ (WOMEN) (AYAT 94 - 104)

AYAT 94: MEHAZ ZUBAN SE IQRAR INSAAN KO MUSALMAN BANA DETA HAI

Ayat 94

Aye imaan walo! Jab tum Allâh ki raah mein ja rahe ho tou tehqeeq
kar liya karo aur jo tum se salam alaikum kare tum ise ye na keh do
ke tu imaan wala nahi. Tum duniyanwi zindagi ke asbab ki talash
mein ho tou Allâh Ta’ala ke pas bohot si ghaneematen hain. Pehle
tum bhi aise hi thay, phir Allâh Ta’ala ne tum par ahsaan kiya
lehaza, tum zaroor tehqeeq aur tafteesh kar liya karo, beshak! Allâh
Ta’ala tumhare aa’maal se ba’ khabar hai.

Explanatory notes

Ahadees mein aata hai ke baaz sahaba kisi ilaqe se guzar rahe thay jahan
ak charwaaha bakriyan chara raha tha, musalman ko dekh kar charwahe
ne salam kiya. Baaz sahaba ne samjha ke shayad wo jaan bachane ke liye
apne ko musalman zahir kar raha hai. Chunanche, inhone baghair tahqeeq
kiye use qatl kar dala aur bakriyan bataur maal e ghaneemat le kar Huzoor
ki khidmat mein hazir ho gaye. Jis par ye aayat nazil hui.

Baaz riwayaat mein aata hai ke Aap Nabi Kareem ne farmaya ke,
Makkah mein pehle tum bhi charwaahe ki tarah imaan chupane par majboor
thay.

Page | 107
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Aap Nabi Kareem ka ye farmane ka matlab ye tha ke qatl ka yahan koi

jawaz (Wajah)nahi tha, kyun ke pehle tehqeeq zaroori karna hai.

Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya ke, tumhe chand bakriyan is maqtool se hasil
ho gayin, ye kuch bhi nahi hai, Allâh Ta‟ala ke paas is se kahin ziyada
behtar ne‟matain hain jo Allâh Ta‟ala aur us ke Rasool ki ata‟at ki wajah se
tumhen duniyan mein mil sakti hain aur aakhirat mein to in ka milna
yaqeeni hai.

Yahan Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke Aye logon! Jinhone Allâh Ta‟ala aur
us ke Rasool ki tasdeeq ki aur poore ahkamaat maane hain, is liye jab tum
Islam ki sar‟ bulandi aur kalma e haq‟ ki badhayi ke liye niklo aur tumhare
liye kisi ka qatl ka doubt ho jaye ke wo kafir hai ya musalman tou kisi ko
qatl karne mein jaldi na karo jab tak‟ ke tumhein yaqeen na ho jaye ke ye
jung Allâh Ta‟ala aur Rasool ke liye hai.

Is ayat mein yahan tehqeeq karne ka dars diya gaya hai ke mua‟mle ki teh‟
ko pehle dekh lo aur jaldi na karo.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, aur jo tumhe salam kare us
ko ye nahi kaho ke tu momin nahi hai. Phir Allâh Ta‟ala ne farmaya ke, kya
tum ne is ira‟de se to qatl nahi kiya ke wo maal jo tumne us ke paas paaya
us ko apne liye halal kar lo kyun ke ye zindgi ka saaman hai.

Allâh Ta‟ala ke paas tumhare liye bahut hai jo is duniyawi saaman se behtar
hai, ye farma kar Allâh Ta‟ala ne musalmano ka zameer jagaya hai ke, kal
tak‟ tou tum bhi isi soorat e haal se guzar rahe thay. Tum apna imaan
kafiron se chupate thay, ab agar koi tum par apne imaan ko, salam kar ke
zahir kar raha hai tou us ko chod do. Tum bhi pehle kafir thay phir Allâh
Ta‟ala ne tum par Islam ko de kar ahsan kiya aur tum ko hidayat di.

Allâh Ta‟ala ne ye keh kar ke beshak, Allâh Ta’ala tumhare aa’maal se

ba’khabar hai…apni sifat khabeer ka yahan sha‟oor dilaya hai ke Allâh
Ta‟ala khoob jaanta hai.

Page | 108
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Allâh Ta‟ala khoob jaanta hai ke, kaun imaan ka sachcha da‟awa kar raha
hai, Allâh Ta‟ala tumhare aamal se bhi ba‟khabar hai aur tumhare imaan se
bhi, kyun ke Allâh Ta‟ala Khabeer hai.

Helpful Hints: Is aayat 94 mein ye hidayat di gayi hai ke agar koi shakhs
zuban se apne musalman hone ka izhaar kare aur kisi kufr ya aqeedah ko
zuban par na laaye tou us ko musalman samajh lena chahiye aur us ke
upar shak nahi karna chahiye, baa-tini kefiyat Allâh Ta‟aala jaanta hai jis
ka faisla roze qayamat hoga.

AYAT 95 - 96: ALLÂH KI RAAH MEIN NIKALNE KI FAZILAT

Ayat 95

Apni janon aur malon se Allâh ki raah mein jihad karne wale momin
aur baghair uzr ke bethe rehne wale momin barabar nahi. Apne
malon aur apni janon se jihad karne walon ko bethe rehne walon par
Allâh Ta’ala ne darjon mein bohot fazeelat de rakhi hai aur yun to
Allâh Ta’ala ne har ak ko khoobi aur achchai ka wa’da diya hai
lekin mujahideen ko beth rehne walon par bohot bade ajr ki fazeelat
de rakhi hai.

Explanatory notes

Jab ye aayat nazil huyi ke, Allâh Ta‟ala ki raah mein jihad karne wale aur
gharon mein bethe rehne wale barabar nahi to Hazrat Abdullah bin Umme
Maktoom [na’beena sahabi] waghaira ne arz kiya ke hum to ma‟zoor hain jis
ki wajah se hum jihad mein hissa lene se majboor hain.

Page | 109
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Yahan is tarah kehne ka matlab ye tha ke ghar mein bethe rehne ki wajah
se jihad mein hissa lene walon ke barabar hum ajr aur sawab hasil nahi kar
sakenge.

Is par Allâh Ta‟ala ne “baghair uzr (yani wajah) ke” insaf nazil
farma diya yani uzr ke sath bethe rehne wale, mujahideen ke sath ajr mein
barabar ke shareek hain kyun ke inhe uzr ne roka hua hai54.

Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya hai ke, jan aur maal se jihad karne walo ko jo
fazeelat hasil hogi, jihad mein hissa nahi lene wale agar‟che is se mehroom
rahenge. Ye mujahidon ko ghair mujahidon par Allâh Ta‟ala ki fazilat hai.

Phir bhi Allâh Ta‟ala ne donon ke sath hi bhalayi ka wa‟da kiya hua hai is se
ulama ne is par daleel de ke wazeh kiya hai ke aam haalat mein jihad farz e
ain nahi, farz e kifaya hai yani agar ba‟qadr zaroorat aadmi jihad mein hissa
le len tou is ilaqe ke dusre logon ki taraf se bhi ye farz ada shuda samjha
jayega.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne saaf taur se farma diya hai ke, Momino mein se
baghair kisi takleef ke bethe rehne wale aur apne maal o jaan ke saath Allâh
Ta‟ala ki raah mein jihad karne wale barabar nahi hain.

Allâh Ta‟ala ne bethne walo par apni jaan o maal se jihad karne walo ko
darje mein fazilat se nawaza‟ hai aur har ak se Allâh Ta‟ala ne bhalayi ka
wa‟da‟ farmaya hai.

Allâh Ta‟ala ne mujahidon ko ghar mein bethe rehne walo par ajr e Azeem ki
fazeelat ata‟ farmayi hai.

54 [Sahih bukhri kitab al Jihad]

Page | 110
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 96

Apni taraf se martabe ki bhi aur bakhshish ki bhi aur rehmat ki bhi
aur Allâh Ta’ala bakhshish karne wala aur rehem karne wala hai

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne darja‟t yaani martaba, maghfirat aur rehmat
mein mujahideen ki qadar daani farmayi hai.
Allâh Ta‟ala bakhshish karne wala aur rehem karne wala hai ye Allâh Ta‟ala
ki sifat hai.
Yahan Allâh Ta‟ala ne bethe rehne walo aur jihad karne walo ko apne
Ghafoor aur Raheem hone ka sha‟oor dilaya hai ke wo sila‟ ata‟ karne wala
hai.

Helpful Hints: In aayat 95 - 96 mein farmaya gaya hai ke jo log Allâh ki

raah mein maal o jaan se jihad ke liye nikalte hain wo darajaat ke aitbaar se
fazilat rakhte hain. Ye log un par fazilat rakhte hain jo bina wajah ke ghar
mein hi rehte hain.
Allâh apni raah mein qurbaniyan dene walon ko bada ajar ata‟ farmayega.

AYAT 97 - 100: ALLÂH KI RAAH MEIN HIJRAT KI AHMIYAT AUR FAZILAT

Ayat 97

Jo log apni janon par zulm karne wale hain jab farishte in ki rooh
qabz karte hain to poochte hain, tum kis haal mein thay? Ye jawab
dete hain ke ham apni jagah kamzor aur maghloob thay. Farishte
kehte hain kya Allâh Ta’ala ki zameen kushada na thi ke tum Hijrat

Page | 111
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

kar jate? Yahi log hain jin ka thikana dauzakh hai aur wo pohonchne
ki buri jagah hai.

Explanatory notes

Ye aayat un logon ke bare mein nazil huyi hai jo Makkah aur is ke aas paas
ke ilaqon mein musalman tou ho chuke thay lekin inhone apne a‟abai ilaqe
aur khandaan chod kar Hijrat karne se guraiz kiya. Jab ke musalmanon ki
quwwat ko ak jagah ikaththa‟ karne ke liye Hijrat ka nihayat takeedi hukum
musalmanon ko diya ja chuka tha is liye jin logon ne Hijrat ke hukum par
amal nahi kiya, in ko yahan zalim qarar diya gaya hai.

Aur in ka thikana jahannum batlaya gaya jis se ye maloom hua ke ye ayat

darul kufr se Hijrat ke wajub par daleel hai aur is se sirf wo shakhs
exception mein aayega jo ma‟zoor yaani majboor hoga.

Is ayat e kareema’ mein us shakhs ke liye sakht wa‟eed yaani saza aayi hai
jo Hijrat ki qudrat rakhne ke ba‟wajud Hijrat nahi karta aur darul kufr mein
hi mar jaata hai55.

Is ayat mein ye daleel bhi wazeh ki gayi hai ke jis shakhs ne wafa‟t payi us
ne apna rizq, umr aur amal poora kar liya.

Aur jo log apni jaano par zulm karne wale thay aur jab unhone Hijrat ko
tark kar diya aur dushmano ke beech hi thehre rahe jo unhe apne deen se
rokte rahe to aise log apne nafs par zulm karte rahe.

Aise darul kufr se Hijrat karna farz hai, jahan Islam ki taalimaat par amal
karna mushkil ho.

Is ayat ke zariye Allâh Ta‟ala ne kamzor musalmano ki tarbiyat ki hai, is liye

Naza’ yaani mout ke waqt ka aalam bayan kiya hai ke, yaqeenan jo log apni
jaano par zulm karne wale thay, un ki roohen farishtey is haal mein qabz

55 Tafseer Sa‟adi

Page | 112
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

karte hain ke un se farishtey kehte hain ke tum kis haal mein thay wo
jawab dete hain, ham zameen mein kamzor thay. Phir farishtey un se kehte
hain, kya Allâh Ta‟ala ki zameen wasi‟ nahi thi ke tum us mein Hijrat karte
Is liye Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke phir yehi log hain inhi ka thikana
jahannum hoga aur wo bahut hi buri loutne ki jagah hai.

Yahan Arz yaani jagah se murad hai aur shaan e nuzool ke aitbaar se
Makkah aur is ka aas paas ka area hai aur aage Arz Allâh, se murad
Madina hai lekin hukum ke aitbaar se jo aam hai, is ke mutabiq har wo
zameen hai jahan insaan Allâh Ta‟ala ke deen par amal karne ke liye Hijrat
kar ke jayen.

Hijrat is liye farz ki gayi thi ta‟ke musalman kafiron ke zulm o sitam se
aazad ho kar Islamic society ko aazadi se jee saken. Madina Hijrat kar ke in
logon ki taqat bhi ak jagah ikaththe hona bhi isme ak wajah thi, is liye jab
Makkah fatah ho gaya tou Hijrat ki zaroorat nahi rahi.

Is ayat mein pehli jagah se murad Arz kuffar hogi, jahan islaam par amal
mushkil ho aur Arz Allâh se murad har wo jagah hogi jahan insaan Allâh
Ta‟ala ke deen par amal ki gharz se Hijrat kar ke jaye.

Ayat 98

Magar jo mard aurten aur bachche be’ bas hain jinhe na to kisi ka
chaara’kaar ki taqat aur na kisi raast ka ilm hai.

Explanatory notes

Ye ayat wazahat karti hai aise logon ki jis ko yahan bayan kiya gaya hai ke
in mardon, aurtoun aur bachcho ke siwa‟ jo Hijrat karne se ma‟zoor aur
be‟bas hain jo na kisi tadbeer ki taqat rakhte hain aur na hi nikalne ka
raasta paate hai.

Page | 113
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Bachche, halanke‟ sharai hakkam ke mukallaf nahi hote (yani bachche

sharai hukm ke andar nahin aate jin per koi pawandi ho) lekin yahan in ka
zikr Hijrat ki ahmiyat ko wazeh karne ke liye kiya gaya hai. Bachche tak‟ bhi
yahan shamil hain jo Hijrat karen ya phir yahan bachchon se murad qareeb
al balooghat (yani bade) bachche honge.

Ayat 99

Bohot mumkin hai ke Allâh Ta’ala in se dar’guzar kare, Allâh Ta’ala

dar’guzar karne wala aur muaf karne wala hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein un logon ko yaani aise majboor log, jo nikalne ka koi raasta
nahi paate aur ye aise log hain jo apni property, rishte daar aur dost ki
wajah se nahi balke haqeeqi taur se ma‟zoor aur majboor hon. Allâh Ta‟ala
ne aise logo ko Hijrat na karne se muaf farmaya hai.
In ke alawa bhi kai sahaba’ karaam thay jo Makkah Mukarrama’ mein
phanse huye thay aur wahan se nikalne ki koi soorat na thi. Aise sahaba
karaam aur deegar logon ke liye Aap Nabi Kareem Qanoot Nazla’ mein
dua farmate thay. (Yani namaz main hath utha kar dua karte ke aey Allah
tamam kamzor majboor logon ko kafiron ke hath se nijat de)
Is liye ye aise majboor log hain, jin ko Allâh Ta‟ala muaf kar dega aur Allâh
Ta‟ala hamesha se hi nihayat muaf karne wala aur be‟had‟ bakhshne wala
hai.
Yahan Allâh Ta‟ala ne kamzor logon ke Hijrat na kar sakne ki wajah se inhe
apni sifaat Afu’ aur Ghafoor hone ka sha‟oor dilaya hai. Allâh Ta‟ala
kamzoriyon se dar‟guzar karne wala aur muaf karne wala hai.

Page | 114
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 100

Jo koi Allâh ki raah mein watan chodega, wo zameen mein bohot si

qiyam ki jagah bhi payega aur kushadgi bhi. Aur jo koi apne ghar se
Allâh Ta’ala aur is ke Rasool ki taraf nikal khada hua, phir ise
mout ne aa pakda to bhi yaqeenan is ka ajr Allâh Ta’ala ke zimme
sabit ho gaya. Aur Allâh Ta’ala bada bakhshne wala Maharban hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya hai ke jo koi Allâh Ta‟ala ki raah mein Hijrat
karega, wo zameen mein bahut jagah aur badi kushadgi paayega. Aur jo
apne ghar se Allâh Ta‟ala aur us ke Rasool ki taraf Hijrat karte huye nikla,
phir is ko maut paa le to yaqeenan‟ is ka ajr Allâh Ta‟ala par saabit ho gaya
aur Allâh Ta‟ala hamesha se hi bada bakhshne wala nihayat meharbaan
hai.

Is ayat mein Hijrat ki taleem aur mushrikeen se duri ikhteyar kar ne ko

kaha gaya hai. Muraghama‟ ke ma‟ani jagah, ja’e qiyam (rehne ki jagah)

ya ja’e panah (panah ki jagah) hai aur Sa’ata se rizq ya jaghon aur
mulkon ki kushadgi aur phelao hai.

Is ayat mein niyat ke mutabiq ajr aur sawab milne ki yaqeen dahani ki gayi
hai, chaahe maut ki wajah se wo is amal ke mukammal karne se qasir
(Majboor) ho.

100 afraad ke qatil ka waqe‟a hadees mein bayan kiya gaya hai, jo tauba ke
liye naik logon ki ak basti mein ja raha tha ke raaste mein maut aa gayi.
Aur Allâh Ta‟ala ne naikon ki basti ko dusri basti ke muqable mein qareeb

Page | 115
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

kar diya, jis ki wajah se ise mala’eka e rahmat apne saath le gayi, isi tarah
jo shakhs Hijrat ki niyat se ghar se nikle lekin raaste mein ise maut aa jaye
to ise Allâh ki taraf se Hijrat ka sawab milega, go abhi wo Hijrat ke amal ko
paya e takmeel tak‟ bhi na pohonch saka ho, jaise hadees mein bhi aaya
hai.

Aap Nabi Kareem ne farmaya, amalon ka daar o madar niyatoun par

hai, “aadmi ke liye wahi hai jis ki us ne niyat ki”.

Jis ne Allâh aur is ke Rasool ke liye Hijrat ki, pas! Is ki Hijrat inhi ke
liye hai aur jis ne duniya hasil karne ya kisi aurat se shadi karne ki niyat se
Hijrat ki pas, is ki Hijrat isi ke liye hai jis niyat se is ne Hijrat ki56.

Ye hukum aam hai jo deen ke har kaam ko shamil karta hai. Yani is ko
karte waqt Allâh Ta‟ala ki raza‟ sab se pehle hogi to wo maqbool hai.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ki raah mein Hijrat karne par khush khabriyan di
hain ke;

1. Allâh Ta‟ala ki raah mein Hijrat karne se duniya mein kushadgi

milegi,

2. Rizq mein tangi nahi hogi,

3. Imaan aur aakhirat ki kamyabi naseeb hogi.

Aur Allâh Ta‟ala bada bakhshne wala nihayat mahrban hai se yahan Allâh
Ta‟ala ne apne Ghafoor aur Raheem hone ka sha‟oor dilaya hai.

Helpful Hints: In aayat 97 - 100 mein Allâh Taála ki raah mein Hijrat ki
ahmiyat aur fazilat bayan hui.

Jo log bina kisi uzr (yani wajah/majboori) ke Allâh ki raah mein Hijrat nahi
karte, maut ke waqt farishtey unhein malamat karte hain aur jahannum
mein dakhil hone ki waéed yaani saza sunate hain.

56 [Sahih Bukhari, Baab Bad Al Wahi o Muslim, Kitab Al Amarah]

Page | 116
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Allâh Taála ki raah mein Hijrat karne walon ko basharat di gayi ke Allâh
Taála ne un ke liye zameen mein badi wusát aur ne‟mat rakhi hai.

AAYAT 101: QASR NAMAZ KA HUKUM

Ayat 101

Jab tum safar par ja rahe ho to tum par namazon ke qasr karne mein
koi gunah nahi, agar tumhen dar ho ke kafir tumhen satayenge.
Yaqeenan kuffar tumhare khule dushman hain.

Explanatory notes
Qasr se murad hai safar mein 4 rak‟at wali namaz ko kam kar ke 2 rak‟at
ada‟ karna57. Qasr us ke liye wajib hai jo apne shahr yaani city se safar ke
irade se nikle chahe us ka safar kitna hi kam ho. Jitni duri tey‟ hone par
safar ki pabandi hai wahan Qasr padh li jayegi. Qasr namaz ki shuruat,
khud ke shahr ki aabadi khatm hone ke baad ada‟ ki jayegi.
Qasr namaz ki ta‟dad ye hai;
1. Fajr: Poori namaz (2 sunnat, 2 farz)
2. Zuhr: 2 farz
3. Asr: 2 farz
4. Maghrib: 3 farz
5. Isha’: 2 farz aur witr

Is ayat mein In’khiftum “agar tumhen dar ho ke kuffar tumhein fitne mein
daal denge” ki baat Arab ke ma‟hol se hai yaani kuffar ke ghalbe ke aitbaar
se hai, kyun ke is waqt poora Arab, Darul Harab, Jung ka maidan bana hua

57 Bukhar-1090, Muslim-1570

Page | 117
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

tha koi hissa‟ bhi khatraat se khali nahi tha. Is liye hukum diya gaya ke
khauf ki halat mein Namaz Qasr karne ki ijazat hai.

Baaz Sahaba rizwan Allâh alaihim ke zehen mein ye shak aaya ke ab to

aman hai hamein safar mein namaz e qasr nahi karni chahiye. Nabi ne
farmaya “Ye Allâh ki taraf se tumhare liye sadaqah hai is ke sadaqe ko
qubool karo58.

Helpful Hints: Is aayat 101 mein dauran e safar namaz mein Qasr karne ka
hukum hai.

Ba‟zahir ye hukum us safar ke dauran hai jo jung ke liye ho aur jis me

dushman se khatra mehsoos ho.

Albat‟ta Allâh ke Rasool ki sunnat hai ke aap Nabi Kareem ne har

safar ke dauran jis ki ak fixed musafat ho namaz mein Qasr ki sahulat
ikhtiyar ki.

58[ Masnad Ahmad Jild 1-25,36 Sahih Muslim, Kitab Al M,usafireen aur
deegar Kutub Hadees]

Page | 118
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

AYAT 102: SALAT AL KHOUF KA HUKUM

Ayat 102

Jab tum in mein ho aur in ke liye namaz khadi karo to chahiye ke in

ki ak jama’at tumhare sath apne hathiyar liye khadi ho, phir jab ye
sajda kar chuken tou ye hat’ kar tumhare piche aa jayen aur wo
dusri jama’at jisne namaz nahi padhi wo aa jayen aur tere sath
namaz ada kare aur apna bachao aur apne hathiyar liye rahen, kafir
chahte hain ke kisi tarha tum apne hathiyaron aur apne saaman se
be’khabar ho jao, tou wo tum par achanak dhawa bol den. Han apne
hathiyar utar rakhne mein is waqt tum par koi gunah nahi, jab ke
takleef ho ya ba’wajah barish ke ya ba’sabab beemaar ho jane ke aur
apne bachao ki cheezen sath liye raho, yaqeenan Allâh Ta’ala ne
munkaron ke liye zillat ki maar tayyar rakhi hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein Salatul khouf ka hukum diya ja raha hai, aur is ke baad aane
wali ayat mein khouf ki halat mein namaz ada‟ karne ki kefiyat bayan ki
gayi hai. Salatul khouf ke ma‟ani hain khauf ki namaz.

Is aayat mein salatul khauf ki ijazat balke hukum diya ja raha hai. Salatul
khauf, ye is waqt hai jab musalman aur kaafiron ki faujen ak dusre ke
muqabil jang ke liye tayyar khadi hon, to ak lamhe ki ghaflat musalmanon
ke liye khatar‟naak sabit ho satki hai aise halat mein agar namaz ka waqt

Page | 119
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

ho jaye tou salat ul khauf padhne ka hukum hai, jis ki mukhtalif soortain
hadees mein bayan ki gayi hain59.

Us waqt ke zamane ka zikr karte huye yahan ye example diya gaya ke fauj 2
hisson mein taqseem ho gayi ak hissa dushman ke bil‟ muqabil khada raha
ta‟ke kafiron ko hamla karne ki jisarat yaani himmat na ho aur ak hisse ne
aa kar Aap Nabi Kareem ke piche namaz padhi, jab ye hissa namaz se
farigh ho gaya to ye pehle ki jagah morche zan‟ ho gaya aur morcha zan
pehle wala namaz ke liye aa gaya.

Baaz riwayat mein aata hai Aap Nabi Kareem ne donon hisson ko 1-1
rakaat padhai, is tarah Aap Nabi Kareem ki 2 rakat aur baaqi faujiyon
ki 1-1 rakat hui. Baaz mein aata hai ke 2 rakat padhaen is tarah aap ki 4
rakat aur faujiyon ki 2- 2 rakat padhaen is tarah aapki char rakat aur
faujiyon ki 2- 2 rakat huen aur baaz mein aata hai ke 1 rakat padh kar
At’tahiyyat ki tarah bethe rahe, faujiyon ne khade ho kar apne taur par 1
rakat aur padh kar 2 rakat poori keen aur dushman ke samne ja kar dat
gaye58.

Dusre hisse ne aa kar Aap Nabi Kareem ke piche namaz padhi, Aap
Nabi Kareem ne inhe bhi 1 rakat padhayi aur At’tahiyyat mein beth
gaye aur is waqt tak‟ bethe rahe jab tak‟ faujiyon ne dusri rakat poori nahi
kar li. Phir in ke sath Aap Nabi Kareem ne salam phair diya is tarah
Aap Nabi Kareem ki bhi 2 rakat aur fauj ke donon hisson ki bhi 2
rakat huin60.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne musalmano ki himmat badhayi hai ke jin se

tumhara muqabila‟ hai wo tumhare hi nahi Allâh Ta‟ala ke bhi dushman
hain aur un ke liye ruswa‟ karne wala azab tayyar kiya gaya hai.

59
Ahsanul Bayan
60
[Pl. refer Kutub Hadees]

Page | 120
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Shar‟ aur fasaad ki illat kufr hai is liye Allâh Ta‟ala ne kufr karne walo ke
liye azab tayyar kar rakha hai.

Helpful Hints: Namaz momin ka hathiyar hai, namaz maidan e Jang mein
bhi momin ko ye sha‟oor deti hai ke is ka maqsad e zindgi, nasb ul ain, aur
is ka aqeedah’ sab se bartar aur a‟ala hai.

AYAT 103: NAMAZ PABANDI E WAQT KE SAATH FARZ HAI

Ayat 103

Phir jab tum namaz ada kar chuko tou uth’te beth’te aur lete’ Allâh
Ta’ala ka zikr kar’te raho. Aur jab itmenaan pao to namaz qayam
karo. Yaqeenan namaz mominon par muqarrarah waqtoun par farz
hai.

Explanatory notes
Yahan namaz ada‟ kar chukne se murad namaz e khouf hai, choonke,
Namaz Qasr kar di gayi hai is liye is ki talafi ke liye khade, bethey, aur lete,
huye is ka zikr karne ka hukum diya gaya.
Allâh Ta‟ala ka zikr halanke, har namaz ke baad pasandidah qarar diya
gaya hai, lekin namaz e khouf ke baad is ki khaas taur se ta‟keed ki gayi. Is
ki wajha ye hai ke Allâh Ta‟ala ne khouf ki halat mein namaz ke arkaan
mein kami kar di hai.
Ye ayat Allâh Ta‟ala se namaz ke zariye se judne ka talluq ko bayan karti
hai.
Phir jab tum be‟ khouf ho jao tou namaz qayam karo is se murad ye hai ke
jab khouf aur jung ki halat khatm ho jaye to phir aam halat mein khushu‟
aur khuzu‟ ke saath namaz qayam karo. Is se murad hai ke jab khauf aur

Page | 121
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

jung ki haalat khatm ho jaye to phir namaz is tariqe ke mutabiq padhna hai
jo aam halaat mein roz muqarrarah waqt par padhi jati hai.

Helpful Hints: Is ayat mein namaz ko muqarrarah waqt mein padhne ki

takeed hai jis se maloom hota hai ke baghair sharai uzr ke 2 namazon ko
jama karna (yani ek sath padhna) sahi nahi hai.

Be‟ shak namaz hamesha se imaan walon par aisa farz hai jis ka waqt
muqarrar kiya hua hai. (Hajj ki tarah jese Hajj ka waqt bhi muqarrar hai)

Namaz ke waqt ki hifazat zaroori hai aur waqt par Allâh Ta‟ala ke
farma‟bardar ban kar khade ho jao.

Is aayat 101 mein ye hidayat bhi hai ke namaz ki hikmat hai Allâh Ta‟la ka
zikr o ibadat lekin namaz ke baad bhi har haal mein Allâh Ta‟la ko yaad
rakhna zaroori hai.

AYAT 104: MUSALMAN AUR KAFIR KE AMAL KA FARQ

Ayat 104

In logon ka peecha karne se haare dil ho kar bethe na raho. Agar

tumhari be’ aarami hoti hai tou inhe bhi tumhari tarah be’ aarami
hoti hai aur tum Allâh se wo ummid rakhte ho, jo ummid inhe nahi,
aur Allâh Ta’ala da’na aur hakeem hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, apne dushman kuffar ko
talab karne aur in ke khilaf jihad karne mein kamzori na dikhao.

Page | 122
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Is ka matlab hai ke apne dushman ke ta‟aaqub yaani peecha karne mein

kamzori mat‟ dikhao, balke in ke khilaf bhar poor jahd o jehed karo aur
ghaat laga kar betho.

Jung ya jihad karte waqt to zakham tumhe bhi aur inhe bhi dono ko
pohonche hain lekin in zakhmon par tumhen tou Allâh Ta‟ala se ajr ki
ummid hai. Lekin wo is ki ummid nahi rakhte.

Is liye ajr e aakhirat ke husool ke liye jo mehnat aur kawish tum kar sakte
ho wo kaafir nahi kar sakte.

Allâh Ta‟ala Da’na aur Hakeem hai farma kar Allâh Ta‟ala ne apne Aleem
aur Hakeem hone ka sha‟oor saari ummat mein bedaar kiya hai.

Khouf ki halat aur aman ki halat barabar nahi hoti, is liye musalman tang
dil ya dil barashtah‟ ho kar nahi balke himmat ke saath muqabilah karen.

Helpful Hints: Is aayat 104 mein musalmano ko targheeb di gayi ke kaise

hi mushkil halaat hon, kuffar ka muqabila‟ aur taáqqub yaani peecha karne
mein tezi dikhao.

Kuffar baatil ke liye maal o jaan ki qurbaniyan de rahen hain halan ke

unhein aakhirat mein kisi khair ki ummid nahi.

Is ke baráks musalman agar Allâh ki raah mein qurbaniyan denge to unhe

roze qayamat Allâh ki taraf se bade ajar o sawab ki ummid hai.

Page | 123
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

CHAPTER 7: SURAH AN-NISA’ (WOMEN) (AYAT 105 - 122)

AYAT 105 - 112: KHIYANAT KARNE WALE KI HIMAYAT MAT’ KARO CHAHE WO

MUSALMAN HI KYUN NA HO

Ayat 105

Yaqeenan ham ne tumhari taraf haq’ ke sath apni kitab nazil farmayi
hai ta’ke tum logon mein is cheez ke mutabiq faisla karo jis se Allâh
ne tum ko shanasa’ kiya hai. Aur khiyanat karne walon ke himayti
na bano.

Explanatory notes

In aayaat [104 se 113 tak‟] ke shaan e nuzool mein bataya gaya hai ke
Ansaar ke qabile Bani Zafar mein ek shakhs Ta’maa ya Basheer bin Abeeraq
ne ak Ansari ki Zarah chura li, jab is ka charcha hua aur ise be‟niqab hone
ka khatra mehsoos hua to is ne wo Zarah ek yahoodi ke ghar phenk di aur
Bani Zafar ke kuch aadmiyon ko sath le kar Aap Nabi Kareem ki
khidmat mein pohonch gaya, in sab ne kaha Zarah chori karne wala falan
yahoodi hai, jab wo yahoodi Aap Nabi Kareem ki khidmat mein haazir
hua aur is ne kaha Bani Abeeraq ne Zarah chori kar ke mere ghar phaink di
hai.

Bani Zafar aur Bani Abeeraq [Tam’aa / Basheer waghera] hoshiyar thay aur
Aap Nabi Kareem ko baawar karate rahe ke chor yahoodi hai aur
Tam’aa par ilzaam lagane mein jhoota hai. Aap Nabi Kareem bhi in ki
chikni chupdi baaton se muta‟ssir ho gaye aur qareeb tha ke is Ansari ko
chori ke ilzam se bari kar ke yahoodi par chori ki fard jurm aa‟id farma dete
ke Allâh Ta‟ala ne ye Aayat nazil farma di.

Page | 124
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Is se ak baat ye maloom hoti hai ke Aap Nabi Kareem bhi ba‟hesiyat ak

insaan ghalat fehmi mein pad sakte thay.

Dusri baat ye maloom hoti hai ke Aap aalimul ghaib nahi thay warna Aap
Nabi Kareem par foran soorat e haal wazeh ho jaati.

Teesri baat ye maloom hui ke Allâh Ta‟ala apne paighamber Aap Nabi
Kareem ki hifazat farmayi aur agar kabhi haq ke posheeda reh jane aur
is se idhar udhar ho jane ka marhala aa jaata tou foran Allâh Ta‟ala ise
tanbih farma deta aur is ki islaah farma deta.

Asmat, anbiya ka taqaza hai, ye wo muqaam e asmat yaani izzat ka muqam

hai jo anbiya ke alawa kisi aur ko hasil nahi.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, Yaqeenan ham ne Aap Nabi
Kareem ki taraf haq ke sath apni kitab yaani Qur‟ân nazil farmaya hai
ta‟ke Aap Nabi Kareem , logon ke beech is ke mutabiq faisla karen jo
Allâh Ta‟ala ne Aap Nabi Kareem ko dikhaya hai.

Is ayat mein jo bayan farmaya gaya hai ke, Aap Nabi Kareem khiyanat
karne walon ki khatir jhagadne wale na hon, se murad wahi Bani Abeeraq
hain jinhon ne chori khud ki thi lekin apni charb zubani (taizi/rawani) se
yahoodi ko chor baawar karane par tule huye thay.

Agli aayat mein bhi in ke aur in ke himaytiyon ke ghalat kirdar ko numaya

kar ke Aap Nabi Kareem ko khabardar kiya ja raha hai.

Page | 125
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 106

Aur Allâh Ta’ala se bakhshish mango! Beshak Allâh Ta’ala bakhshish

karne wala, Mahrbani karne wala hai.

Explanatory notes

Aur Allâh Ta‟ala se bakhshish mango! Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne

khiyanat karne walon ki himayat karne ki wajah se Aap Nabi Kareem
ko maghfirat talab karne ka hukum diya hai.

Baghair tahqeeq ke Aap Nabi Kareem ne khiyanat karne walon ki

himayat ki, is par Allâh Ta‟ala se maghfirat talab karen. Is se maloom hua
ke fariqeen mein se jab tak kisi ki babat poora yaqeen na ho ke wo haq‟ par
hai is ki himayat aur wakalat karna jaaiz nahi.

Is ke alawa agar koi, dhoke, faraib aur apni charb zubani se adalat ya
hakim mizaj se apne haq‟ mein faisla kara lega dar‟ haqeeqat wo sahib haq‟
na ho tou aise faisle ki Allâh Ta‟ala ki nazar mein koi ahmiyat nahi.

Is baat ko Aap Nabi Kareem ne ak hadees mein is tarah bayan

farmaya, “khabardaar! Mein ak insaan hi hon aur jis tarah mein sunta‟ hun
isi ki roshni mein faisla karta hun, mumkin hai ak shakhs apni daleel aur
hujjat paish karne mein taiz tarrar aur hoshiyar ho aur mein is ki guft‟goo
se muta‟ssir ho kar is ke haq mein faisla kar dun halanke‟ wo haq‟ par na
ho aur is tarah mein dusre musalman ka haq‟ ise de dun ise yaad rakhna
chahiye ke ye jahannum [aag] ka ak tukda hai. Ye is ki marzi hai ke ise le le
ya chod de61.”

61 [Sahih Bukhari-7181]

Page | 126
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Beshak Allâh Ta‟ala Bakhshish karne wala, Mahrbani karne wala hai, yahan
Allâh Ta‟ala ne nuzool e kitab se apne Ghafoor aur Raheem hone ka sha‟oor
dilaya hai.

Kitab ka nazil karna Allâh Ta‟ala ki Rehmat ki wajah se hai aur kitab ke
mutabiq faisle karne ka hukum yahan Allâh Ta‟ala ne wazeh kar diya hai.

Ayat 107

Aur in ki taraf se jhagda na karo jo khud apni hi khiyanat karte

hain, yaqeenan dagha baaz gunahgaar Allâh Ta’ala ko achcha nahi
lagta.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein Aap Nabi Kareem se khitab kar ke, har is shakhs ko
hukum diya gaya jo musalman hone ke ba‟wajud munafiqon ki himayat
karta tha.
Jo apne aap se khiyanat karte hain wo apni jaan par khud aafat dha‟te
hain.
Zahiri taur par khitab Aap Nabi Kareem se hai lekin asal mein is
khitab ke mukhatib har wo musalman hain jo munafiqon ki himayat aur
madad karte thay. Is tarah khitab kar ke ak taraf to mujrimon se be‟
parwahi ka izhar kiya gaya hai aur dusri taraf maqsad ye hai ke wo sab apni
harkatoun se baaz aa jayen.
Is ayat mein saaf hukum hai ke khiyanat karne walon ke taraf daar na bane
aur maghfirat talab karen.

Helpful Hints: Is ayat mein Aap Nabi Kareem se khitab kar ke, har is
shakhs ko hukum diya gaya ke jo musalman hone ke ba‟wajud munafiqon
ki himayat karta hai to un ki is khiyanat ka waba‟l un hi ke sar par hoga.

Page | 127
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 108

Wo logon se chup jate hain [lekin] Allâh Ta’ala se nahi chup sakte wo
raaton ke waqt jab ke Allâh ki na’pasandeeda baaton ke khufiya
mashware karte hain is waqt bhi Allâh in ke paas hota hai, in ke
tamam aamal ko wo ghaire huye hai.

Explanatory notes
Ye ayat un munafiqon ke hawale se hai jo raat ke waqt Islam aur ahle Islam
ke khilaf mashwara‟ karte thay.
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne hairat ka izhar kiya hai ke, wo yaani munafiq
logon se chupna chahte hain, lekin Allâh Ta‟ala se nahi chup sakte chahte!
Jab ke Allâh Ta‟ala khule chupe sab ko jaanta hai.
Allâh Ta‟ala musalmanon ka Raqeeb hai, in par Hafiz hai, in ka Nigran aur
Muhafiz hai. Allâh Ta‟ala apne ilm aur qudrat se in ke saath hai.

Ayat 109

Han tou ye tum hi wo log ho, ke duniya mein tumne in ki himayat ki

lekin Allâh Ta’ala ke samne qiyamat ke din in ki himayat kaun
karega? Aur wo kaun hai jo in ka wakeel ban kar khada ho sakega.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala swaliya taur se farma rahen hain ke, tum hi wo log
ho jinhone munafiqon ki khatir duniya mein jhagda kiya, lekin Allâh Ta‟ala

Page | 128
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

ke saamne, qiyamat ke din in ki himayat kaun karega, kaun un par wakeel

hoga? Maana ke duniyawi hakimon ke yahan (jo ki hardaari par faisla karte
hain tum ne ghalba haasil kar liya lekin qayamat ke din Allâh Ta‟ala ke
saamne jo zaahir o baatin ka aalim haitum kya kar sakoge? Wahan ke
wakeel bana kar paish karoge jo tumhare jhoote da‟awe ki ta‟aeed kare,
matlab ye hai ke us din tumhari kuch bhi nahi chalne waali.
Aakhirat mein na mujrim bach sakenge aur na hi un ke wakeel bach
sakenge.
Is ayat mein wazahat di gayi hai ke jab is gunah ki wajah se is ka
mawa‟khiza hoga tou Allâh ki giraft se ise kaun bacha sakega.
i adalat mein har shakhs apne amal ki jaza‟ payega.
Is ayat e kareema’ mein insaan ke amal ko identify kiya ja raha hai jo is ne
duniya mein kamaye hain.

Ayat 110

Jo shakhs koi burayi kare ya apni jaan par zulm kare, phir Allâh se
astaghfar kare, tou wo Allâh ko bakhshne wala, Mahrbani karne
wala payega.

Explanatory notes

Yaani burayi ya wo gunah hai jis se insaan apne alawa dusron ko bhi
nuqsan pohchata hai, jaise jhooti shahdat aur be‟ gunah ko touhmat
lagana.
Jo shakhs koi burayi kare ya apni jaan par zulm kare, se murad momin ka
gunah hai jo wo apne nafs par zulm ki shakl mein karta hai, yaani apne aap
ko nuqsan pohchata hai jaise namaz tark karna aur sharab noshi‟
waghairah.
Phir Allâh se astaghfar kare, se murad burayi tark karna hai aur agar
insaan aisa karega tou wo Allâh ko bakhshne wala, mahrbani karne wala

Page | 129
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

payega, kyun ke tauba‟ ke darwaze hamesha khule hain aur behtar

gunahgaar hain wo log jo apne gunah ko tark karen aur repeat na karen aur
tauba‟ karen.
Yahan Allâh Ta‟ala ne burayi kar ke apni jaan par zulm karne wale ko apni
maghfirat aur rehmat ka sha‟oor dilaya hai ta‟ake wo burayi se tauba‟ kar ke
bakhshish maang ke Allâh Ta‟ala ke daaman rehmat mein panah le sake.

Ayat 111

Aur jo gunah karta hai is ka bojh isi par hai. Aur Allâh ba’khoobi
janne wala hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein wazeh kar diya gaya hai ke har koi apne kiye huye ka khud
zimmedaar hota hai.
Is aayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farmata hai, koi bojh uthane wala kisi dusre ka
bojh nahi uthaega, yani koi kisi ka zimmedar nahi hoga, har nafs ko wahi
kuch milega jo kama kar wo sath le gaya hoga.
Allâh Ta‟ala ki adalat mein insaano ke saath husn e sulook aur insaaf ko
wazeh kar ke insaano se yahan demand ki gayi hai ke, agar insaan chahe
tou dusre insaan se achcha sulook kar ke achchi society ko form kar sakta
hai. Allâh Ta‟ala ba‟khoobi janne wala hai, Allâh Ta‟ala ne yahan apne Aleem
aur Hakeem hone ka phir se sha‟oor dilaya hai, kyun ke wo hikmat kamaal
wala hai.

Page | 130
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 112

Aur jo shakhs koi gunah ya kha’ta kare kisi be’gunah ke zimme thop
de, is ne bada bohtan uthaya aur khula gunah kiya.

Explanatory notes

ka matlab ghair iradi gunah aur ka matlab iradi gunah hai.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke khud gunah kar ke dusre be‟
qusoor par bohtan lagana ya is tarah ki koshish karna bahut bada gunah
hai.

Jis tarah Banu Abeeraq ne kiya ke chori khud ki aur touhmat kisi aur par
laga di, is liye aise log jo khud gunah kare aur ilzam kisi aur par lagayen wo
Banu Abeeraq ki tarah bad‟ khaslatoun ke haamil honge aur in ke jaise hi
bure kamon ke karne wale honge. Bohtan lagane wale jurm ko Qur‟ânic
study ke aitbaar se ham is ko is shakl mein paish kar sakte hain;

 Be‟ gunah par ilzam laga kar bohtan lagane waale ne ak bojh utha liya
hai, jis se insaan ka zameer bojhal ho jata hai

 Insaan amali taur apr is jurm ka bojh apne sar pe mehsoos karne
lagta hai.

Helpful Hints: In aayat 104 - 113 mein Allâh Taála ne jhoote aur khiyanat
karne wale logon ki himayat karne se mana farmaya, aur aise logon ke liye
shadeed wa‟eed sunayi jo jurm karne ke baad ilzam kisi aur ke sar par daal
dete hain.

In aayaat ka paigham ye hai ke kisi be‟gunah shakhs par touhmat lagane ko

bohtan kehte hain aur ye Aayat e kareema’ is kaam par daleel hai ke
bohtan lagane walo ka shumar kaba‟er mein hoga.

Page | 131
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ham ko aise kaam se bachna hai. Ham ko har soorat mein adal karna
chahiye, chahe is ka fayedah kisi kafir ko hi kyun na pohnche.

AYAT 113: NABI AKRAM PAR ALLÂH KA FAZAL

Ayat 113

Agar Allâh Ta’ala ka fazl aur rehem tujh par na hota tou in ki ek
jama’at ne tou tujhe behkane ka qasad kar hi liya tha. Magar
dar’asal ye apne aap ko gumrah karte hain, ye tera kuch nahi bigad
sakte, Allâh Ta’ala ne tujh par kitab aur hikmat utari hai aur tujhe
wo sikhaya hai jise tu nahi janta. Aur Allâh Ta’ala ka tujh par bada
bhari fazl hai.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ki is khaas hifazat aur nigrani ka zikr hai jis ka
ehtemaam Ambiya Alaihimus’salaam ke liye farmaya hai aur ye Ambiya
Alaihimus’salaam par Allâh ke fazl e khaas aur is ki rahmat e khaas ka
muzahira hai.

taa’if yaani jama’at se murad hai, ye wo log hain jo Banu Abeeraq ki

himayat mein Aap Nabi Kareem ki khidmat mein in ki safayi paish kar
rahe thay, jis se ye andesha paida hone laga tha ke Aap Nabi Kareem is
shakhs ko chori ke ilzaam se bari kar denge, jo waq‟i chor tha.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne apne ahsaan ka izhar farmaya hai, jis ki wajah
se musalman munafiqon ki shar‟ se mehfooa rahe.

Page | 132
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ye ayat ak aur fazl aur ehsaan ka tazkira hai jo Aap Nabi Kareem par
Kitab aur Hikmat yaani Sunnat nazil farma kar aur zaroori baatoun ka
hukum de kar farmaya gaya, jis tarah dusre maqam par farmaya;

Aur is tarah ham ne aap ki taraf apne hukum se ruh’ [Qur’ân] ko utara hai,
aap is se pehle ye bhi nahi jaante thay ke kitab aur imaan kya cheez hai.
Lekin ham ne ise noor banaya, is ke zariye se apne bandon mein jis ko
chahte hain Hidayat dete hain, Be’shak aap raah raast ki reh’numa’yi kar
rahen hain.62

Aap ko tou kabhi khayal bhi nahi guzra tha ke aap ki taraf kitab nazil
farmayi jayegi, lekin aap ke Rab’ ki meharbaani se utra. Ab aap ko kafiron ka
hargiz madad’gaar nahi hona chahiye63.

In tamam aayaat se maloom hua ke Allâh ne Aap Nabi Kareem par fazl
aur Ahsaan farmaya aur kitab aur hikmat bhi ata‟ farmayi in ke alawa aur
bhi bohot si batoun ka Aap Nabi Kareem ko ilm diya gaya jin se Aap Nabi
Kareem be‟khabar thay, ye bhi goya Aap Nabi Kareem ke aalimul
ghaib hone ki nafi hai kyun ke jo khud aalimul ghaib ho use tou kisi aur se
ilm hasil karne ki zaroorat hi nahi hoti aur jise dusre se maloomat hasil
hon wahi ke zariye se ya kisi aur tariqe se wo aalimul ghaib nahi hota.

Ye ayat daleel hai ke ilm se badh kar koi ne‟mat koi sharf aur koi muqabela‟
nahi hai. Aap Nabi Kareem par Qur‟ân aur hikmat nazil ki gayi hain is
ka matlab hai ke Qur‟ân aur Sunnat dono Allâh Ta‟ala ki ja‟nib se hain.
Yahan Al Kitab se murad Qur‟ân se hai aur Al Hikma’ se murad Sunnat se
hai.

Aap Nabi Kareem par Allâh Ta‟ala ka bahut bada fazal hai. Aap ko
Nabi banaya, Wahi nazil farmayi aur hamesha Aap Nabi Kareem ki
madad ki.

62 42-Al Shoora‟:52]
63 28-Al Qasas:86]

Page | 133
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Helpful Hints: Jab Allâh Ta‟ala ne poori insaniyat ke liye Aap Nabi Kareem
ko Rasool banaya, Khatemul Nabiyeen banaya, qayamat ke din sab par
gawah honge Aap Nabi Kareem , ko logon se bachaya, Aap Nabi
Kareem ki ummat ko wast‟ yaani beech ki ummat banaya…is par Allâh
Ta‟ala ka shukr ada‟ karen aur apni ummat ki ja‟nib se is in‟aam ka bhi
shukr ada‟ karen yahan tak‟ ke ye ummat logon ke liye nikle aur dusron ke
liye achcha namuna‟ ban jaye.

Aayat 113 mein Aap Nabi Kareem par Allâh Taála ki azeem inayat ka
zikr hai, Allâh Taála ne Aap Nabi Kareem ko kitab o hikmat ke
khazane ata‟ kiye aur wo kuch sikhaya jo aap nahi jaante thay, Bilashuba‟
Aap Nabi Kareem par Allâh Taála ka bada fazal hai.

AYAT 114: NAJWA KI PASANDIDAH SOORAT

Ayat 114

In ke aksar khufiya mashwaron mein koi khair nahi, haan bhalai is

ke mashware mein hai jo khairat ka ya naik baat ka ya logon mein
sulah karane ka hukum kare. Aur jo shakhs sirf Allâh Ta’ala ki
raza’mandi hasil karne ke irade se ye kaam kare. Ise hum yaqeenan
bohot bada sawab denge.

Explanatory notes
Najwa ka matlab khufia‟ sargoshi se hai is se murad wo baaten hain jo
munafiqeen aapas mein musalmanon ke khilaf ya ek dusre ke khilaf karte
thay. Islam Najwa ki ijazat nahi deta.

Page | 134
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Allâh Ta‟ala ka farman hai ke jab tum aapas mein sar‟goshi karo tou gunah
ki, ziyadati ki aur Rasool ki na‟farmani ki sar‟goshi nahi karo, balke Neki
aur Taqwa ki karo.
Aur Allâh Ta‟ala se daro jis ki taraf tum sab ko jama‟ kiya jayega.
Sargoshi karna shaitan ki taraf se hai ta‟ake wo logon ko gham mein
mubtila‟ kare.

Allâh ta‟ala is ayat mein farma rahen hain ke, In ke yaani munafiqeen ke
aksar khufiya mashwaron mein koi khair nahi, lekin bhalai is momin ke
mashware mein hai jo khairat ka ya naik baat ka ya logon mein sulah
karane ka hukum kare. Yani sadqa khairat maroof hai jo har qism ki naiki
mein shamil hai aur islaah bain un naas yaani logon ke darmiyan islah ke
baare mein mashware, khair par mubni / based hain jaisa ke ahadess mein
bhi in kaamo ki fazilat aur ahmiyat bayan ki gayi hai.

Aur jo shakhs sirf Allâh Ta‟ala ki raza‟mandi hasil karne ke irade se ye kaam
kare tou Allâh Ta‟ala ise yaqeenan bohot bada sawab denge. Kyun ke agar
ikhlas yani raza e ilahi ka maqsad nahi hoga tou bade se bada amal bhi na
sirf zaya ho jayega balke wabaal e jaan ban jayega.

Ahadees mein yahan zikr kiye gaye aamal ki badi fazilat aayi hai. Allâh ki
raah mein halal kamayi se ak khajoor ka barabar sadqah bhi Uhad pahad
jitna ho jayega, naik baat ki isha‟at aur phelao bhi badi fazilat hai.

Isi liye ye hukum hai ke rishtedaron, dostoun aur baahum naaraz logon ke
darmiyan sulah kara dena bohot bada amal hai.

Ek hadees mein ise nafli rozon namazon aur nafli sadaqaat aur khairat se
bhi afzal bataya gaya hai 64. Hat‟ta ke sulah karane wale ko jhoot tak‟ bolne

64[Abu Daood Kitab ul Adab-Tirmizi, Kitab Al Bar o Masand Ahmad 5/6

44,444]

Page | 135
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

ki ijazat de di gayi ta‟ke ise ak dusre ko qareeb laane ke liye maslehat

aamaiz ki zaroorat pade tou wo is mein bhi kasar na kare65.

Helpful Hints: Wo shakhs jhoota nahi hai jo logon ke darmiyan sulah

karane ke liye achchi baat phailata hai aur achchi baat karta hai. Jo log
apni sargoshiyon mein sadaqah, Ma‟aruf yaani nek kaam ya sulah ko le kar
aayega ise Allâh qubool farmayega aur is ka bada ajr hai;

1. Sadaqah wo maal hai jo Allâh Ta‟ala ki khushi haasil karne ke liye is

ke naam par diya jata hai.

2. Ma‟aruf Allâh Ta‟ala ki ita‟at (Shariyat aur Deen), aur har nek kaam
ko kehte hain

3. Sulah us ko kehte hain ke jab logon ke darmiyan fasad ho ya duri ho

tou milap karwao aur unhein qareeb kar do.

Is aayat 114 mein Najwa’ yaani kisi ijtimaéyat ke baare mein khufia
mashwirah ya tabsara‟ karna pasandidah amal nahi hai bataya gaya.

Is aayat mein Najwa’ ki pasandidah soorat ye batayi gayi ke akele mein kisi
ko Allâh ki raah mein sadaqah karne ki targheeb dena, kisi neki ki taraf
jhukana ya bulana, aapsi ikhtilaf ko khatam karna hai.

Aise logon ke liye Allâh Taála ki taraf se bada achcha badla hai.

65 [Bukhari]

Page | 136
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

AYAT 115: AJMA’E UMMAT KE LIYE QUR’ÂN KE LIYE DALEEL

Ayat 115

Jo shakhs ba’wajud raah hidayat ke wazeh ho jane ke bhi Rasool

ke khilaf kare aur tamam momino ki raah chod kar chale, ham
use udhar hi mutawajjah kar denge jidhar wo khud mutawajjah ho
aur dozakh mein daal denge. Wo pohonchne ki bohot buri jagah hai.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke jo Rasool ki mukhalifat kare
khaas taur se us ke baad jab ke hidayat wazeh ho chuki ho aur ahle imaan
ke raaste ke alawa‟ kisi aur ki perwi karega tou Allâh Ta‟ala us ko udhar hi
pher denge jidhar wo phirega aur us ko jahannum mein dakhil kar denge
aur wo bahut buri loutne ki jagah hai.

Hidayat ke wazeh ho jane ke baad Rasool Allâh ki mukhalifat aur

momineen ka raasta chod kar kisi aur raaste ki pairwi, deen e islam se
kharij hona hai aur is par yahan is ayat mein, jahannum ki waeed yaani
saza bayan farmai hai.

Momineen se murad Sahaba karam [Link] jo deen e islaam ke awwa‟leen

pairukaar aur is ki taalimat ka kamil namoona thay, aur in aayat ke nuzool
ke waqt in ke siwa koi momineen ka giroh maujood na tha.

Is liye Sahaba karam R.A. ki mukhalifat nahi karne ka hukum diya gaya
hai. Is liye Sahaba karam R.A. ke raaste se phir jaana bhi kufr hi hai.

Baaz ulama‟ ne sabeel al momineen se murad ajma’a e ummat yaani umaat

ka jama‟o ka liya hai yani ajma’a e ummat se inheraf ya munh pherna bhi

Page | 137
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

kufr hai. Ajma’a ummat ka matlab hai kisi mas‟le mein ummat ke tamam
Ulama aur Fuqaha ka ittefaq karna. Ya kisi mas‟ale par Sahaba Karam R.A.
ka ittefaq, ye dono soorten ajma’a e ummat ki hain aur donon ka in kaar ya
in mein se kisi ak ka inkaar kufr hai.

Phir bhi sahaba karam R.A. ka ittefaq tou bohot se masa‟il mein milta hai
yani ajma‟ ki ye soorat tou milti hai. Lekin ajmaa‟ sahaba R.A. ke baad kisi
mas‟ale mein poori ummat ke ajma’a o ittefaq ke dawe tou bohot se masa‟il
mein kiye gaye hain lekin fil haqeeqat aise ajmaa‟i masail bohot hi kam
hain. Jin mein fil waqe ummat ke tamam Ulama aur Fuqaha ka ittefaq ho.

Lekin aise jo masa‟il hain, in ka inkar bhi Sahaba R.A. ke ajma ke inkaar ki
tarah kufr hai is liye ke Sahih Hadees mein hai ke, Allâh Ta‟ala meri umaat
ko gumrahi par ikhatta nahi karega aur jama‟at par Allâh ka haath hai66. Is
ka matlab ye hai ke ummat ke tamam ulama‟ o fuqaha‟ jis kisi mas‟ale par
ittifaq Karen ak raaye hon us se muh modna bhi mana‟ hai.

Helpful Hints: Is aayat 115 mein wazeh kar diya gaya hai ke Rasool ki
mukhalifat aur momino ke raaste ko chodne ka matlab deen ko chodna hai.

AYAT 116: SHIRK KA JURM MUAF NAHI KIYA JAYEGA

Ayat 116

Ise Allâh Ta’ala qat’an na bakhshega ke is ke sath shareek muqarrar

kiya jaye haan shirk ke alawa gunah jis ke chahe muaf farma deta
hai aur Allâh ke sath shareek karne wala bohot dur ki gumrahi mein
ja pada.

66 [Sahih Tirmizi]

Page | 138
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein wazeh kar diya gaya hai ke shirk na‟qabile muafi jurm hai,
shirk ke bare mein ham para 1 ke part I mein padh chuke hain jis ko yahan
revise karna behtar hai67.
Tauba ke darwaze hamesha khule hain lekin ye baat yaad rahe ke jab tak‟
halat e naza’ taari nahi hoti tauba qubool ho sakti hai, aur mushrik ka
anjaam jahannum hai.

Helpful Hints: Is aayat 116 mein ak ailan dohraya gaya hai ke Allâh Taála
shirk ko kabhi muaf nahi karega, is ke alawa jis gunah ko chahega muaf
farma dega.
Allâh Taála ham sab ko shirk ki haqeeqat aur is ki different sooratoun ko
samajhne wala aur in se bachne wala banaye…Aameen.

AYAT 117 - 122: SHAITAN KE NA’PAAK AZA’EM

Ayat 117

Ye tou Allâh Ta’ala ko chod kar sirf aurtoun ko pukarte hain. Aur
darasal ye sirf sarkash shaitan ko poojte hain.

Explanatory notes

Inna’san [aurten] se murad ya tou wo but‟ hain jin ke naam mo‟annas thay
jaise La’at, Uzaa’, Mana’at, Na’ela waghaira.

Ya Inna’san [aurten] se murad murad yahan Farishtey hain. Kyun ke

mushrikeen e Arab farishtoun ko Allâh ki betiyan samajhte thay aur un ki
ibadat karte thay.

67 Corse Notes Para 1 (part I), pg 102 to112

Page | 139
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Mushrikana maza‟hib ki tareekh ki study karne ke hawale se maloom hota

hai ke Dewiyon yaani auratoun ko sab se ziyadah ahmiyat haasil rahi hai.
Zaman e jahiliyat mein Arab mein bhi shirkiya‟ rasooma‟at jaari thin.

But‟on, farishtoun aur deegar hastiyon ki ibadat dar‟asal shaitan ki ibadat

hai.

Yahan Mareedan ke ma‟ana shareer hai yaani ye shareer shaitan hain.

Kyun ke shaitan hi insaan ko Allâh Ta‟ala ke dar‟ se chuda kar dusron ke

aa‟stanon aur cho‟khatoun par jhukata hai jaisa ke agli aayat mein hai.

Ayat 118

Jise Allâh Ta’ala ne laanat ki hai, aur us ne kaha ke mein tere

bandon mein se, muqarrar shuda hissa le kar rahunga.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne shaitan par la‟anat ki hai yaani Allâh Ta‟ala ne
shaitan ko apni rahmat aur fazal se dur kar diya hai.

Is ayat mein Muqarrar shuda hisse se murad wo nazar o niyaz bhi ho sakti
hai jo mushrikeen apne butoun aur qabron mein madfoon yaani dafan logon
ke naam nikalte hain aur ye jahnnumiyon ka wo kota bhi ho sakta hai
jinehe shaitan gumrah kar ke apne sath jahannum le jayega.

Aaj ke daur mein ahle imaan ke giroh ke siwa‟ sab ne is shaitan ka peech
pakda hua hai.

Page | 140
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 119

Aur inhe raah se behkata rahunga aur batil ummiden dilata rahunga.
Aur inhe sikhaunga ke janwaron ke kaan cheer den. Aur in se
kahunga ke Allâh Ta’ala ki banayi huyi soorat ko bigad den. Suno! Jo
shakhs Allâh ko chod kar shaitan ko apna rafeeq banayega wo
sareeh nuqsaan mein doobega.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein 4 baaten wazeh ki gayi hain;

1. Aur mein zaroor inhein gumraah karunga yahan ka

matlab Gumrah karna yaani insaano ko sahi aqeedah se bhatka dena
hai.

2. Aur mein zaroor inhe jhooti ummiden dilate rahunga yaani

duniyawi khuwahishen. Yaani ye wo batil ummiden hain jo shaitan ke
waswason aur dakhal andazi se paida hoti hain aur insanon ki
gumrahi ka sabab banti hain.

3. Aur mein zaroor inhe hukum dunga ke wo

mere hukum se janwaron ke kaan cheer den (jaisa ke ahle Arab kiya
karte thay ke jab koi oontni 10 bachce de deti thi ya jis oont se 10
bachche ho jaate tou wo un ko apne Dewta ke naam par chod dete
thay aur is se kaam lena haram samajhte thay aur sign ke liye is ke
kaan cheer dete thay. Ye Baheera aur Sa’eba janwaron ki alamaten
aur soorten hain. Mushrikeen in ko but‟on ke naam waqf karte tou
shanakht ke liye in ka kaan waghaira cheer diya karte thay.

Page | 141
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

4. Aur mein zaroor inhe hukum dunga, in se

kahunga ke Allâh Ta‟ala ki banayi huyi soorat ko bigad den.
Yahan Allâh ki takhleeq ko badalne ki kai soorten bayan ki gayin hain. Ak
tou yahi jis ka abhi zikr hua yani kaan waghaira katna cheerna soorakh
karna.
In sooratoun ke alawa aur bhi kai soorten hain maslan Allâh Ta‟ala ne
chaand, sooraj, patthar aur aag waghaira ash‟ya mukhtalif maqasid ke liye
banayi hain, lekin mushrikeen ne in ke takhleeq ke maqsad ko badal kar in
ko maa‟bood bana liya.
Ya taghaiyyur ka matlab Taghaiyyur e fitrat hai ya halat aur hurmat mein
tabdeeli hai. Isi taghaiyyur yaani badalne mein aur washm yani goodna
gudwana waghaira shamil hai ye shaitani kaam hain jin se bachna zaroori
hai.
Albat‟ta janwaron ko is liye khasi karna ke yaani in ka gosht ziyada behtar
ho sake ya isi qism ka koi aur sahih maqsad ho tou jaa‟iz hai. Is ki takeed is
se bhi hoti hai Aap Nabi Kareem ne khasi janwar qurbani mein zibah
farmaen hain. Agar janwar ki khasi karne ka jawaz na hota tou Aap Nabi
Kareem un ki qurbani na karte.
Helpful Hints: Azeem khasara‟ ye hai ke Qur‟ân ki hidayat ko chod kar
shaitan ke tareeqon ki perwi ki jaye. Aur jo Allâh Ta‟ala ko chod kar shaitan
ko dost banata hai tou bila‟shuba‟ is ne nuqsaan ka souda kiya hai.

Ayat 120

Aur in se zubani wa’de karta rahega, aur sabz baagh dikhata rahega
[magar yaad rakho!] shaitan ke jo wa’de in se hain wo sarasar faraib’
kaariyan hain.

Page | 142
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya hai ke shaitan insaano ko sabz baagh dikhata
hai wo unhein wa‟ada deta hai aur un ko jhooti ummiden dilate hai. Jab log
Fee sabilillah kharch karne lagte hain tou unhe waswson mein daal deta hai
ke kahin wo ghareeb na ho jayen ju‟a khelne wale ko jitane ka aur maaldar
hone ka yaqeen dilate hai.
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, Aur in se shaitan zubani
wa‟de karta rahega, aur sabz baagh dikhata rahega,
Magar yaad rakho!
Shaitan ke wade jo wo aise logon se karta hai, ye wa‟ade in se hi hain lekin
ye sab sarasar faraib‟ kaariyan hain yaani dhokhe hain.
Helpful Hints: Shaitan ke phande se bachne ke liye sahi imaan laana, ye
jaan lena ke shaitan hamara dushman hai ye samajh lena hi Allâh Ta‟ala ka
mukhlis banda‟ ban‟na hai.

Ayat 121

Ye wo log hain jin ki jagah jahannum hai, jahan se inhe chutkara na

milega.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne un logon ko tanbih ki hai jo shaitan ke wa‟adon
aur us ki dilayi hui ummidon ko sachcha samajhte hain, ye wo log hain jin
ki jagah jahannum hai, jahan se inhe chutkara nahi milega.
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne jahannum ki hol‟ naakiyon ka sha‟oori ahsaas
dila kar insaan ki soch ka rukh jannat ki taraf moda hai.

Page | 143
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 122

Aur wo jo imaan layen hain aur bhale kaam karen hain inhein hum
bahut jaldi jannat mein dakhil karenge jin ke neeche nehre behti
hain. In mein wo hamesha rehne wale hain, hamesha hamesha, Allâh
Ta’ala ka sachcha wa’ada hai, aur Allâh Ta’ala se ziyadah kaun
baat mein sachcha hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein sa‟adat mando aur parhezgaaron ki izzat aur ahteram ka zikr
hai. Ye aise log hain jinhone Allâh Ta‟ala ke aur is ke Rasool ko sachcha
kaha yaani jin logon ne Allâh Ta‟ala aur is ke Rasool ki ita‟at ki kyun ke
Allâh Ta‟ala aur is ke Rasool ki ita‟at hi amal sa‟leh hai.

Shaitani wa‟ade tou sarasar dhoka aur faraib hain lekin is ke muqable mein
Allâh ke wa‟de jo is ne ahle imaan se kiye hain sachche barhaq hain aur
Allâh se ziyada sachcha kaun ho sakta hai.

Allâh Ta‟ala ka wa‟ada sachcha wa‟ada hai jo insaaf par based hai aur har
ak ko is ke kiye ka poora poora badla diya jayega. Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen
hain ke, jo imaan layen hain aur achche kaam kar rahen hain inhe Allâh
Ta‟ala bahut jaldi jannat mein dakhil karenge jin ke neeche nehre behti
hain. In mein wo hamesha rehne wale hain, hamesha hamesha, ye Allâh
Ta‟ala ka sachcha wa‟ada hai, aur Allâh Ta‟ala se ziyadah kaun baat mein
sachcha hai!

Helpful Hints: Insaan ka muamla bhi ajeeb hai, ye sachchon ki baat ko

kam manta hai aur jhootoun ke piche ziyada chalta hai. Is liye dekh lijiye ke
shaitani cheezon ka chalan aam hai aur Allâh Ta‟ala ke kamon ko ikhteyar
karne wale her daur mein aur har jagah kam hi rahe hain aur kam hi hain.

Page | 144
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

In aayat 117 - 122 mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne farmaya ke shirk darásal shaitan ka
sikhaya hua jurm e azeem hai. Jis ne bhi shaitan ki raah ki perwei ki us ne
khasare ka sauda‟ kiya aur is ke baráks jo log shaitan ki chaalon ko
na‟kaam banate huye imaan aur amal e saleh ki raah ikhtiyar karte hain
Allâh Taála aise logon ko jannat ki ne‟matein ata‟ farmayega.

Ye sochna ab umaat e muslima‟ ka kaam hai ke wo kya ikhtiyar kare.

Page | 145
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

CHAPTER 8: SURAH AN-NISA’ (WOMEN) (AYAT 123 - 134)

AYAT 123 - 124: KHUSH KUN KHWAHISHAAT KAAM NAHI AAYENGI

Ayat 123

Haqeeqat haal na tou tumhari aarzoo ke mutabiq hai aur na ahl e

kitab ki ummidon par mauqoof hai, jo bura karega us ki saza payega
aur kisi ko na payega jo is ki himayat o madad Allâh ke paas kar
sake.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein ye baat wazeh kar di gayi hai ke, Deen aarzu‟on aur
taman‟na‟on ka naam nahi hai balke Deen tou pukhta‟ aqeede‟ ka dil mein
rach‟ bas‟ jaana hai aur amal karna is baat ki tasdeeq karna hai.
Kuch aisi hi aarzu‟on aur taman‟na‟on ka shikar ahle kitab thay aur yahan
ye unhi ko mukhatib kar ke kaha jar aha hai aur saath mein ummat e
muslima‟ ko bhi kaha ja raha hai ke, aisi hi aarzu‟ aur taman‟na‟ aaj
tumhari bhi hai, jin ki wajah se nija‟at milna mushkil hai, kyun ke nija‟at ka
ikhtiyar tou Allâh Ta‟ala ki ita‟at aur us ke Rasool ki sunnat ki itt‟iba‟
karna hai.
Ahle kitab ki aarzu‟en aur taman‟na‟en bahut thi jaise wo kaha karte thay
ke;
Vo kahte hain ki dozakh ki aag ham ko hargiz chune waali nahi,
magar ye ke chand roz ki saza mil jaye tou mil jaye, in se poocho...
Kya tum ne Allâh se koi Ahad le liya hai, jis ki khilaaf varzi vo nahi
kar sakta? Ya tum Allâh ke naam se wo baaten kahte ho jo tum nahi
jaante68. (2:80)

68 Surah Al Baqarah 2:80

Page | 146
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Aur (Yahood aur Isaai) kehte hai ke yahoodiyoon aur isaaiyoon ke siwa koi
jannat me nahi jayega,
Allâh Ta'ala farmate hain,
Ye sirf in ki tamannaye hain... (Aye paighambar in se) keh do, ke agar
sachche ho, ki tum hi jannat mein jaoge tou daleel pesh karo69.
(2:111)

se yahan murad shirk hai.

Ye ayat jab musalmano ne suni tou in ko dehshat mein mubtila kar gayi aur
ye ke inhe in ke amal ki saza milegi, tou unhone khud ko maidan e hashr
mein mehsoos kiya.
Abu Hureira’ [Link] karte hain ke jab ye ayat nazil huyi tou musalman
shadeed pareshan ho gaye.
Rasool Allâh ne farmaya, mayana’rawi aur istiqamat yaani darmiyana
aur theh‟rao wala raasta ikhtiyar karo.
Musalman ko jo bhi takleef pohnchti hai wo us ke gunaho ka kuffarah hoti
hai70.
Ak riwayat Hz. Aayesha R.A. se ye bhi hai ke, jab ak aadmi ne ye ayat suni
ke jo koi bhi bura amal karega use us ki saza di jayegi, tou wo kehne laga ke
agar ham ko hamare amal ka badla diya jayega tou ham halaak ho jayenge
Rasool Allâh ne farmaya ke haan! Allbat‟ta momin ko is ka badla
duniya hi mein jismani ie‟za aur musibat ki shakl mein de diya jaata hai71.
Helpful Hints: Allâh Ta‟ala ki jaza aur saza, insaani khuwahish aur
tammana‟on par nahi hai balke ye Allâh Ta‟ala ki mustaqil aur hamesha
rehne wali sunnat hai.
Duniya mein aisa koi nahi hai jis ke liye is usool mein narmi ki jayegi, yaani
jo jaisa amal karega us ko us ke mutabiq badla diya jayega.

69 Surah Al Baqarah 2:111

70 Muslim-6569
71 Ahmad-24872

Page | 147
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 124

Jo imaan wala ho mard ho ya aurat aur wo naik aamal kare

yaqeenan aise log jannat mein jayenge aur khajoor ki guthli ke shigaf
ke barabar bhi in ka haqq na mara jayega.

Explanatory notes

Jaisa ke pehle guzar chuka hai ke, ahle kitab apne muta‟alliq badi khush
fehmiyon mein mubtila thay, yahan Allâh Ta‟ala ne phir in ki khush
fehmiyon ka pardah chaak karte huye farmaya ke;

Aakhirat ki kamiyabi mehez ummidon par aur aarzuon se nahi milegi is ke

liye tou imaan aur amal e saleh ki poonji zaroori hai.

Agar is ke bar‟aks nama e aamal mein buraiyan hongi tou ise har soorat
mein is ki saza bhugatni hogi, wahan koi aisa dost ya madadgar nahi hoga
jo burai ki saza se us bure amal karne wale ko bacha sake.

Is Aayat mein ahle kitab ke saath Allâh Ta‟ala ne ahle imaan ko bhi khitab
farmaya hai ta‟ke wo bhi yahood aur nasara ki si ghalat fehmiyon, khush
fehmiyon aur amal se khali aarzuon aur tamannaon se apna daaman bacha
kar rakhen.

Lekin afsos hai aaj musalman is tanbeeh ke ba‟wajud inhin khaam

khayaliyon aur khush‟fehmi mein mubtila‟ hain, jin mein sabqa ummaten
giraftaar huyin, aur aaj be‟ amali aur bad‟ amali musalman ka bhi shu‟aar
bani huyi hai.

Is ayat ke zariye Allâh Ta‟ala ne apne ahsaan aur fazal o karam ki wazahat
ki hai, ke wo mard aur aurat mein aa‟mal ki jaza‟ ke aitbaar se farq nahi
karta bas shart ye hai ke wo sahib e imaan ho.

Page | 148
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Allâh Ta‟ala inhein jannat mein daakhil karega aur un ki nekiyon mein
zarra‟ barabar kami nahi karega.

Naqeer khajur ki guthli ke chote se soorakh ko kehta hain is ka example de

kar Allâh Ta‟ala ne farmaya hai ke jaza‟ aure saza‟ ke din kisi ki haqq‟ talfi
khajur ki guthli ke chote se soorakh ke barabar bhi nahi ki jayegi.

Helpful Hints: In aayat 123 - 124 mein amal ke bajaé khush‟kun khayalaat
aur khwahishaat ke sahare jannat ki ummid rakhne ki nafi ki gayi.

Ahle kitab ki khush‟kun khwahishaat ye thi ke ham Allâh ke chaheete hain

aur jannat sirf hamare liye hai72.

Roz e qayamat achche amal aur bure amal walon ko alag kar diya jayega
aur sab ke kiye ka theek theek badla diya jayega.

AYAT 125 - 126: BEHTAREEN RAWISH MILLAT E IBRAHIM KI PAIRWI HAI

Ayat 125

Ba’ aitbaar deen ke, is se achcha kaun hai jo apne ko Allâh ke ta’be
kar de wo bhi naiko kaar, saath hi yaksooi wale Ibrahim ke deen ki
pairwi kar raha ho aur Ibraheem A.S. ko Allâh Ta’ala ne apna dost
banaya hai.

Explanatory notes

Yahan kamiyabi ka ek ma‟yaar yaani standard bayan kiya gaya hai ke, apne
aap ko Allâh Ta‟ala ke supurd kar ke mohsin ban jaye aur millat e Ibraheem
A.S. ki pairwi kare aur is ka behtareen namoona Hazrat e Ibraheem ka hai
jin ko Allâh Ta‟ala ne apna khaleel banaya.

72 Surah Al baqarah 2: 110

Page | 149
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Khaleel ke maani hain ke jis ke dil mein Allâh Ta‟ala ki mohabbat is tarah
rasikh ho jaye ke kisi aur ke liye is mein jagah na rahe.

Jaise Aleem ba‟ ma‟ani Aalam aur Habeeb ba‟ ma‟ani Mehboob hai aur
Hazrat Ibraheem Alaihissalam yaqeenan Allâh ke Muhib bhi thay aur
Mehboob bhi73 aur Aap Nabi Kareem ne farmaya hai, Allâh ne mujhe
bhi Khaleel banaya hai jis tarah, is ne Hz. Ibrahim Alaihissalam ko Khaleel
banaya74.

Allâh Ta‟ala ke nazdeek kamiyabi ka standard, Islam, Ahsaan aur Millat e

Ibraheem ki pairwi karna hai.

1. Islam: Islam yaani apne aap ko Allâh Ta‟ala ke supurd karna

2. Ahsaan: Ahsaan yaani Allâh Ta‟ala ke liye mukhlis hona.

3. Millat e Ibraheem ki perwi karna: yaani Allâh Ta‟ala ki muhabbat

ko dil mein aisa absorb kar lena ke kisi aur ki jagah na rahe.

Haneef aise shakhs ko kehte hain jo har taraf se kat‟ kar yak‟su‟ ho jaye
yaani Allâh Ta‟ala aur us ke ahkaam man‟ne par focused ho jaye.

Khaleel muhabbat ke sab se a‟ala darje ko kehte hain aur ye darja Allâh
Ta‟ala ke 2 Khaleel ko haasil hua;

1. Hazrat Ibraheem Alaihissalam

2. Aap Nabi Kareem

Ye Allâh Ta‟ala ke Khaleel hain aur Allâh Ta‟ala ne tamam jahano mein in ka
zikr buland kiya hai.

73 [Fath Al Qadeer]
74 [Sahih Muslim Kitab Al Masajid]

Page | 150
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 126

Aasmanon aur zameen mein jo kuch hai sab Allâh hi ka hai aur Allâh
Ta’ala har cheez ko ghairne wala hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya hai ke saari kaayenaat Allâh Ta‟ala ki milkiyat
is ki ghulam aur is ki makhlooq hai. Aasmanon aur zameen mein jo kuch
bhi hai sab Allâh Ta‟ala hi ka hai aur Allâh Ta‟ala her cheez ko ghairne wala
hai kyun ke us ka ilm har taraf phela hua hai.
Zikr ki gayi is baat ka agar insaan ko yaqeen ho jaye aur us ka sha‟oor
pukhta ho jaye yaani wo firm believer ho jaye tou insaan mein zabardast
tabdeeli aati hai aur wo saare kaam Allâh Ta‟ala ke hukum ke mutabiq
karta hai ta‟ake wo us se raazi ho jaye.
Jo kuch aasmanon aur zameen mein hai wo sab Allâh Ta‟ala hi ka hai yaani
saari kaayenaat sab Allâh Ta‟ala ki hai aur us ke hukum ko koi taalne wala
nahi hai.
Jab ye sha‟oor insaan ke ander pakka ho jaata hai tou us ke ander change
aa jaata hai;
1. Insaan Allâh Ta‟ala ko apna Ilah yaani Ma’bood aur Hakim accept kar
leta hai.
2. Insaan sirf Allâh Ta‟ala ki ghulami karta hai
3. Insaan sirf Allâh Ta‟ala ko raazi karne ki koshish karta hai
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne apne Muheet hone ka sha‟oor dilaya hai yaani
Allâh Ta‟ala har cheez ko ghairne wala hai.
Allâh Ta‟ala ne yahan aasman aur zameen ki milkiyat se har jagah hone ka
ahsaas dilaya hai.
Helpful Hints: In aayat 125 -126 mein farmaya ke sab se behtar Deen us
ka hai jo apna sar Allâh Taála ke ahkamaat ke saamne jhuka de aur Hz.
Ibrahim Alahissalam ke raaste ki pairwi kare jo Allâh Taála ki bandgi mein

Page | 151
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

yaksoo‟ thay aur yahi wajah hai ke Allâh Taála ne unhe Khaleel ullah yaani
apna dost hone ka martaba‟ ata‟ farmaya.

AYAT 127 -130: KHWATEEN KE HUQOOQ

Ayat 127

Aap aurtoun ke bare mein hukum daryaft karte hain. Aap keh dijiye!
Khud Allâh in ke bare mein hukum de raha hai aur Qur’ân ki wo
aayaten jo tum par yateem ladkiyon ke bare mein padhi jati hain
jinhe in ka muqarrar haq nahi dete. Aur inhe apne nikah mein laane
ki raghbat rakhte ho aur kamzor bachchon ke bare mein aur is baare
mein ke yatimon ki kaar’guzari insaaf ke sath karo. Tum jo naik
kaam karo, be’ shuba Allâh ise poori tarah jan’ne wala hai.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala, Aap Nabi Kareem ko mukhatib kar rahen
hain ke log Aap Nabi Kareem se aurtoun ke bare mein Fatwa poochte
hain yaani auratoun aur un ki meeras ke bare mein Fatwa talab karte hain
tou Aap Nabi Kareem keh dijiye ke Allâh Ta‟ala tum sab ko in ke baare
mein Fatwa de rahen hain.

Auratoun ke bare mein jo sawalat hote rehte hain, yahan in ke jawabat diye
ja rahe hain.

Allâh Ta‟ala in ki yaani auratoun ki babat in Aayaat ke zariye se wazahat

farmata hai aur Kitab, Allâh ki wo aayaat ki wazahat karti hain jo is se pehle
yateem ladkiyon ke bare mein nazil ho chuki hain.

Page | 152
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Yahan murad Sureh An Nisa’ ki aayat 03 hai jis mein in logon ko is be‟ insafi
se roka gaya ke yateem ladki se in ke husn aur jamal ki wajah se shadi tou
kar lete thay lekin Mahr dene se guraiz karte thay.

Sureh An Nisa’ (AYAT 03)

Agar tumhen dar’ ho ke yateem ladkiyon se nikah kar ke tum insaaf

na rakh sakoge to aur auraton main se jo bhi tumhen achchi lagen
tum un se nikah kar lo, 2-2, 4-4 se, lekin agar tumhen barabri na kar
sakne ka khauf ho to ek hi kaafi hai ya tumhari milkiyat ki laundi.
Ye ziyada qareeb hai [ke aisa karne se na insaafi aur] ek taraf jhukne
se bach jao75.

Allâh Ta‟ala is ayat ke zariye tum sab ko in auratoun ke bare mein Fatwa
deta hai;

1. Allâh Ta‟ala ne auratoun ke bare mein zulm se roka aur hissa daar ka
hissa muqarrar farama diya.

2. Ibne Abbas farmate hain ke, jahiliyat ke zamane mein ye dastouor tha
ke agar koi shakhs yateem bachchi ka wali ban‟na chahta tou us par
kapda daal deta tha. Phir is se koi nikah nahi kar sakta tha. Agar wo
haseen hoti aur khud wali is ki taraf ma‟el hota tou is se shaadi kar
leta tha aur is ka maal khaata aur agar wo bad‟soorat hoti tou is ko
marte dam‟ tak‟ betha kar rakhta aur jab wo mar jaati tou is ka
waaris ban jata tha. Allâh Ta‟ala ne is ko haram qarar diya aur logon
ko is se rok diya. Allâh Ta‟ala ne zulm ki is soorat se mana farmya76.

75
Sureh An Nisa‟ - aayat 03
76 Mukhtasir Ibne Kaseer-374/1

Page | 153
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Is ayat mein wazeh taur se kaha gaya hai ke jo is Kitab se yateem aurtoun
ke bare mein tumhein sunaya jaata hai yaani pichle ahkaam tou is se
murad Sureh An Nisa’ ki aayat number 3 hai;

Agar tumhen dar’ ho ke yateem ladkiyon se nikah kar ke tum insaaf

na rakh sakoge tou aur auratoun mein se jo bhi tumhen achchi lagen
tum un se nikah kar lo, do do, char char se, lekin agar tumhen
barabri na kar sakne ka khauf ho tou ek hi kaafi hai ya tumhari
milkiyat ki laundi. Ye ziyadah qareeb hai [ke aisa karne se na insaafi
aur] ek taraf jhukne se bach jao77.

aur kamzor bachchon ki babat jo padha jata hai is se murad Qur‟ân ka

hukum jo Sureh An Nisa’ ki aayat number 11 mein hai, jis mein betoun ke
sath betiyon ko bhi wirasat mein hisse daar banaya gaya hai. Jab ke
zamana e jahiliyat mein sirf bade ladkon ko hi waris samjha jata tha chote
kamzor bachche aur aurten wirasat se mehroom rehte thay. Shariyat ne sab
ko waris qarar de diya.

Sureh An Nisa’ (Aayat 11)

Allâh Ta’ala tumhen aulad ke bare mein hukum karta hai ke ek

ladke ka hissa do ladkiyon ke barabar hai. Aur agar sirf ladkiyan hi
hon aur do se ziyada hon tou inhe mayyat ne jo choda hai us mein se,
do tehai milega. Aur agar ek hi ladki ho tou is ke liye aadha hai aur
mayyat ke maa baap mein se her ek ke liye is ke chode hue maal ka
chata hissa hai agar is mayyat ki aulad ho. Agar aulad na ho aur
maa baap waris hote hon tou is ki maa ke liye teesra hissa hai. Han
agar mayyat ke kai bhai hon tou phir is ki maan ka chata hissa hai.
Ye hisse is ki wasiyat [ki takmeel] ke baad hain jo marne wala kar
gaya ho ya adae qarz ke baad tumhare baap hon ya tumhare bete
tumhen nahi maloom ke inme se kon tumhen nafa pohchane mein

77 Sureh An Nisa‟ Aayat No. 3

Page | 154
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

ziyada qareeb hai. Ye hisse Allâh Ta’ala ki taraf se muqarrar kardah

hain beshak Allâh Ta’ala poore ilm aur kamil hikmatoun wala hai78.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, jin ko yaani aurtoun ko tum
wo nahi dete yaani Mahr ya Meeras nahi dete, jo in ke liye farz kiya gaya
hai.

Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, Aur tum raghbat rakhte ho ke un se nikah
karo, se murad ye hai ke agar tum mein se kisi ke yahan koi yateem ladki
zer e tarbiyat ho aur maal mein aur khoob soorti mein kam ho tou is wajah
se is ke saath nikah karne se aira‟z karta ho tou un ko bhi is se mana‟ kiya
gaya hai [jo yateem aurtoun ke maal aur khoob soorti mein raghbat karte
hain] ke baghair insaaf ke in ke saath nikah na karen79.

Is ka matlab yahan par ye hai ke kitab Allâh ka hukum bhi tum par aa‟ed
ho jata hai ke yateemon ke sath insaaf ka muamla karo. Yateem bachchi
sahib e jamal ho tab bhi aur bad‟ soorat ho tab bhi, dono sooratoun mein
insaaf karo.

Is ayat ke zariye Allâh Ta‟ala ne talqeen ki hai ke tum yateemon ke bare

mein insaaf par qayam raho aur jo bhi tum bhalayi karoge tou Be‟shak!
Allâh Ta‟ala hamesha se is ko khoob jaan‟ne wala hai, ye farma ke is ayat
mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne apne Aleem hone ka sha‟oor dilaya hai.

Ayat 128

Agar kisi aurat ko apne shoher ki bad’ dimaghi aur be’ parwahi ka
khauf ho tou donon aapas mein sulah kar len is mein kisi par koi

78
Sureh An Nisa‟ Aayat No. 11
79 Muslim-7528

Page | 155
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

gunah nahi. Sulah behtar cheez hai, tama’ har har nafs mein shamil
kar di gayi hai. Agar tum achcha sulook karo aur parhaizgari karo
tou tum jo kar rahe ho is par Allâh Ta’ala poori tarah khabardaar
hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne shohar aur biwi ke taalluqaat mein kharabi ki
soorat mein taalluqaat ki behtari ke liye dono ko aa‟madah kiya hai ke,
aapsi sulah mein koi harj nahi hai kyun ke sulah har haalat mein achchi
hai.

Khawind agar kisi wajah se apni biwi ko na‟pasand kare aur is se dur rehna
aur aeraaz karna mamool bana le ya ak se ziyadah biwiyan hone ki soorat
mein kisi ko kam tar maane aur khoob soorat biwi ki wajah se us se aeraaz
kare tou aurat apna kuch haqq chod kar jaise Mahr se ya apni baari se ya
apne kharche se khawind se masalehat kar le tou is masalehat mein
khawind ya biwi par koi gunah nahi kyun ke sulah beher‟haal behtar hai.

Hazrat ummul momineen Sodah R.A. ne bhi budhape mein apni baari Hazrat
Aayesha R.A. ke liye hiba kar di thi, jise Aap Nabi Kareem ne qubool
farma liya tha80.

Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya hai ke sulah se behtar koi cheez nahi hai, aur
yahan ye bhi wazahat di gayi hai ke tama‟ har nafs mein shamil kar di gayi
hai yaani har nafs mein hiras haazir rakhi gayi hai.

Agar tum achcha sulook karo aur parhaizgari karo tou tum jo kar rahe ho is
par Allâh Ta‟ala poori tarah khabardaar hai

Hiras ka haazir hona ya tama‟ har nafs mein shamil hone se murad, apna
apna mafad yaani fayedah hai jo har nafs ko azeez hota hai yani her nafs
apne mafad mein bukhl aur tama‟ se kaam leta hai.

80 [Sahih bukhari]

Page | 156
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Helpful Hints: Rishta e nikah ko bar‟qarar rakhne ke liye aurat aur mard
ko rishta bachane ki khatir qurbani bhi deni pade tou is ko qurbani dena
chahiye.

Aur agar insaan neki kare aur taqwa ikhtiyar kare tou bila‟ shubah‟ Allâh
Ta‟ala neki karne walon se muhabbat rakhta hai.

Allâh Ta‟ala us se ba‟khabar hai jo bhi tum amal karte ho, yahan Allâh
Ta‟ala ne apne Khabeer hone ka sha‟oor dilaya hai ta‟ake log ahsaan aur
taqwa ki rawish ikhtiyar karen aur Allâh Ta‟ala sab ke aa‟maal se ba‟khabar
hain.

Ayat 129

Tum se ye kabhi nahi ho sakega ke apni tamam biwiyon mein har

tarah adl karo, go’ tum is ki kitni hi khuwahish o koshish kar lo is
liye bilkul hi ak ki taraf maa’il ho kar dusri ko adhad latakti na
chodo aur agar tum islaah karo aur taqwa ikhteyar karo tou be’shak
Allâh Ta’ala badi maghfirat aur rahmat wala hai.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya hai ke, ak shakhs ki ak se ziyada biwiyan hon
tou dili ta‟alluq aur mohabbat mein wo sab ke sath yaksan sulook nahi kar
sakta. Kyun ke mohabbat, fail e qalb yaani dil par based hai jis par kisi ko
ikhteyar nahi hota hai, khud Aap Nabi Kareem ko bhi apni biwiyon
mein se ziyada mohabbat Hazrat Aayesha R.A. se thi.

Khuwahish ke ba‟wajud insaaf na karne se matlab yahi qalbi milaan aur

mohabbat mein sab ke haqq‟ ada‟ karna hai agar koi dili mohabbat aur in
huqooq ko achche se ada‟ karta hai tou koi harj nahi hai, aisa adal karne ka

Page | 157
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

ideal example Aap Nabi Kareem hain aap ne is ka nihayat umda

namoona paish farmaya.

Lekin aksar log is qalbi mohabbat ki wajah se dusri biwiyon ke huqooq ki

ada‟egi mein bohot kotahi karte hain aur zahiri taur par bhi mehboob biwi
ki tarah, dusri biwiyon ke huqooq ada nahi karte aur inhe moallaqa yaani
darmiyan mein latki hui bana kar rakh chodte hain, na inhe talaq dete hain
aur na hi huqooq zaujiyat ada karte hain. Ye intehai zulm hai jis se yahan
roka gaya hai.

Aap Nabi Kareem ne bhi farmaya hai “jis shakhs ki do biwiyan hon aur
wo ak ki taraf hi maa‟il ho yani dusri ko nazar andaaz kiye rakhe tou
qiyamat ke din wo is tarah aayega ke is ke, jism ka ak hissa yani nisf saaqit
hoga81.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, aur agar tum islaah karo aur
taqwa ikhteyar karo tou be‟shak Allâh Ta‟ala hamesha se badi maghfirat aur
rahmat wala hai.

Yahan Allâh Ta‟ala ne apne Ghafoor aur Raheem hone ka sha‟oor dila kar ye
ahsaas be‟daar kiya hai ke log islah kar ke Taqwa ikhtiyar karen.

Ayat 130

Aur agar miyan biwi juda ho jayen tou Allâh Ta’ala apni wus’at se
har ak ko be’ niyaz kar dega. Allâh Ta’ala wus’at wala hikmat wala
hai.

81 [Tirmizi, kitab al Nikah]

Page | 158
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein ak aur soorat ka zikr kiya gaya hai ke, koshish ke ba‟wajood
agar nibah ki soorat na bane tou phir talaq ke zariye alehdgi ikhteyar kar li
jaye. Mumkin hai alehdgi ke baad mard ko matlooba (yaani jaisi wo chahta
hai) sifaat wali biwi aur aurat ko matlooba sifat wala mard mil jaye.

Islam mein talaq ko halan‟ke sakht na pasand kiya gaya hai, talaq halal tou
hai lekin ye aisa halal hai jo Allâh ko sakht na‟pasand hai.

Is ke ba‟wajud Allâh Ta‟ala ne is ki ijazat di hai, is liye ke baaz dafa halaat

aise mod‟ par pohonch jate hain ke is ke baghair chaara nahi hota aur dono,
shohar aur biwi ki behetri is mein hoti hai ke wo ek dusre se alehdgi
ikhteyar kar len.

Phir bhi, Qur’ân aur sunnat ke aitbar se ye wazeh hai ke, ye haq isi waqt
istemal karna chahiye jab nibah ki koi bhi soorat kisi tarah bhi na ban
sake.

Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya gaya ke agar shohar aur biwi juda‟ ho jayen
aur muamla talaq tak‟ pohunch jaaye tou juda‟ee ki soorat mein Allâh Ta‟ala
dono ko ak dusre se be‟niyaz kar dega. Allâh Ta‟ala dono ko apni wus‟at se
ghani kar dega, dono ke separation ki soorat mein, ye Allâh Ta‟ala ka
wa‟adah hai, aur wo behtar rishtey ka intizaam karta hai.

Yahan Allâh Ta‟ala ne apne Wa’se’ hone ka aur Hakeem hone ka sha‟oor
dilaya hai ta‟ake log ak dusre ke liye wabal e jaan ban‟ne ke baja‟e sukoon
se alag ho jayen aur be‟niyaz ho jayen.

Helpful Hints: In aayat 127 tou 130 mein ak baar phir se khwateen ke
huqooq bayan kiye gaye hain;

1. Aisi rawish mat‟ ikhtiyar karo ke tum yateem ladkiyon se mehaz is liye
nikah karo ke unhe mahr na dena pade.

2. Jo khatouon apne shohar se adam tawajjhi mehsoo kare wo apne

huqooq chod kar shohar ko pehle raazi karne ki koshish kare taáke

Page | 159
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

ghar aabaad rahe. Albat‟ta mardon ko yahan biwiyon ke saath husn e

sulook ki targheeb di gayi.

3. Mardon se kaha gaya ke tum ba‟wajud khuwahish ke biwiyon ke

beech adal nahi kar sakte. Shohar ko chahiye ke wo balance banaye
taáke koi biwi khud ko be‟shohar wali na samjhe.

4. Agar shohar biwi mein understanding nahi ho paa rahi ho tou phir
alag hona behtar hai, Allâh Ta‟ala in mein har ak ko apne fazal se
ghani kar dega.

AYAT 131 - 133: ALLÂH KA TAQWA IKHTIYAR NA KARNA KUFR HAI

Ayat 131

Zameen aur aasmanon ki har har cheez Allâh Ta’ala ki milkiyat mein
hai, waqa’i hum ne in logon ko jo tum se pehle Kitab diye gaye thay
aur tum ko bhi yahi hukum kiya hai ke Allâh se darte raho aur agar
tum kufr karo tou yaad rakho ke Allâh ke liye hai jo kuch aasmanon
mein hai aur jo kuch zameen mein hai aur Allâh bohot be’niyaz aur
tareef ka haqdaar hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein wazeh taur se kaha ja raha hai ke takhleeq, milkiyat aur
tadbeer ke aitbaar se har cheez Allâh Ta‟ala ki hai, wo hi hai jo poori
kaayenaat ka Maalik aur Khaaliq hai, is liye is se dar jao.
Jo log Kitab diye gaye is se murad yahud aur nasara hain. Allâh Ta‟ala
zameen ka maalik aur khaaliq hai, is liye is ne jin logon ko pehle Kitab di thi
inhein bhi aur tumhe bhi is ayat ke zariye se nasihat ki hai ke, izzat o jalal
waale subha’an o ta’ala se dar‟ ke raho aur is ka shareek kisi ko na theh‟rao
kyun ke Allâh Ta‟ala ne Taqwa ka ahad liya hai.

Page | 160
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Allâh Ta‟ala ne har period yaani daur mein Taqwa ki wasiyat ki hai, kyun ke
Taqwa ki wajah se dilon ki aur saare haalaat ki islah ho sakti hai.
Allâh Ta‟ala ko tumhari ibadat ki zaroorat nahi wo be‟niyaz hai is ko bando
ki haajat nahi, tumhara kufr Allâh Ta‟ala ka kuch nahi bigad sakta kyun ke
wo aasman aur zameen ka maalik hai.
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne apni sifaat Ghani aur Hameed ka shao‟oor
dilaya hai.
Yahan Hameed is baat ki daleel deta hai ke Allâh Ta‟ala har qism ki hamd o
sana’, muhabbat aur ikraam ka haqdaar hai.

Ayat 132

Allâh ke ikhteyar mein hai aasmanon ki sab cheezen aur zameen ki

bhi aur Allâh kaar’saaz kafi hai.

Explanatory notes
Allâh Ta‟ala tamam kaayenaat ka baadshah hai saari kaayenaat par usi ka
hukum chalta hai, wo har shakhs ke aa‟maal ko ghere huye hai aur har ak
ka nigraan hai.
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne zameen aur aasman ki milkiyat se apne Wakeel
hone ka yaqeen dilaya hai.

Ayat 133

[Agar use manzoor ho tou Aye logo! Wo tum sab ko le jaye aur dusron
ko le aaye, Allâh Ta’ala is par poori qudrat rakhne wala hai.

Page | 161
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Explanatory notes

Ye ayat Allâh Ta‟ala ki qudrat e qaahirah aur kamila ka izhaar hai, jab ke ek
dusre muqam par Allâh Ta‟ala ne farmaya hai ke,

Agar tum phiroge tou wo tumhari jagah auron ko le aayega aur wo tumhari
tarah ke nahi honge82.

Agar wo chaahe tou tum logon ko le jaaye aur ak nayi makhlooq ko le aaye
aur ye Allâh Ta’ala par bilkul bhi dushwaar nahi hai83.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne apne sahib e ikhtiyar hone ka, apni milkiyat aur
ha’kmiyat ka ahsaas dilaya hai, aur khouf dilaya hai ke agar tum
na‟farmani karoge tou wo tumhein fana karne ki qudrat rakhta hai, kyun ke
Allâh Ta‟ala na‟farmano ki jagah farma‟ bardaaron ko de sakta hai yaani
unhein paida kar sakta hai.

Allâh Ta‟ala sab par Qaadir hai.

Helpful Hints: In aayat 131 - 133 mein farmaya gaya ke, Allâh Taála ne
ahle kitab ko aur ab musalmano ko hukum diya hai ke Allâh ka taqwa
ikhtiyar karo aur us ki na‟farmanai na karo.

Aisa na ho ke tum ahkamaat e shariyat par based aayaat ki sirf tilawat hi ko

kaafi samjho aur in ko husool e sawab aur barkat ka zariya bana lo.
Bila‟shuba‟ ye tilawat baése sawab o barakat hai, lekin asal mein ahkamaat
e shariyat is liye diye gaye hain ke un par amal kiya jaye aur tum ne agar
aisa na kiya tou ye bhi kufr hai.

Aur ye achchi tarah jaan lo ke Allâh tumhare taqwa aur neki ka muhtaj
nahi hai.

82 47 -Mohammed:38]
83 Surah Ibrahim : 19-20

Page | 162
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

AYAT 134: TEY’ KAR LO KE DUNIYA KE TALAB GAAR HO YA AAKHIRAT KE

Ayat 134

Jo shakhs duniyan ka sawab chahta hai tou [yaad rakho ke] Allâh
Ta’ala ke paas tou duniya aur Akhirat [donon] ka sawab maujood hai.
Aur Allâh Ta’ala bohot sunne wala aur khoob dekhne wala hai.

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein kuch ghor o fikr hai; jaise koi shakhs jihad sirf maal ghaneemat
ke husool ke liye kare tou kitni nadani ki baat hai.

Jab Allâh Ta‟ala duniya aur aakhirat dono ka sawab ata‟ farmane par qadir
hai tou phir is se ak hi cheez kyun talab ki jaye?

Insaan donon hi ka taalib kyun na bane ?.

Is ayat mein ye sochne ka ishara diya gaya hai ke jo duniya ke badle ka

irada rakhta ho tou Allâh Ta‟ala ke paas duniya aur aakhirat ka badla hai,
aur Allâh Ta‟ala hamesha sab kuch sun‟ne wala sab kuch dekhne wala hai.

Allâh Ta‟ala ke paas duniya aur aakhirat dono ka sawab hai, jab dono ka
sawal karoge tou wo dono dega aur maal daar bana dega aur sirf duniya
chahoge tou aakhirat mein kuch hissa‟ nahi hoga.

...Magar Allâh ko yaad karne waley logon mein bhi bohut farq hai un mein
se koi tou aisa hai jo kahta hai ke,

Aye hamare Rab’ ham ko duniya hi mein sab kuch de de, aise shakhs
ke liye aakhirat mein koi hissa nahi84.

Aur koi kahta hai ke,

84 Surah Al Baqarah 2:200

Page | 163
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Aye hamare Rab’ hame duniya mein bhi bhalayi de aur aakhrat mein
bhi bhalayi de aur aag ke azaab se hamein bacha85.

Allâh Ta‟ala is ayat mein farma rahen hain ke jo shakhs duniyan ka sawab
chahta hai tou wo ye yaad rakhe ke, Allâh Ta‟ala ke paas tou duniya aur
Akhirat donon ka sawab maujood hai, aur Allâh Ta‟ala bohot sunne wala
aur khoob dekhne wala hai.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne, duniya ke sawab aur aakhirat ke sawab ke
insaani iraadon se apne Samee aur Baseer hone ka sha‟oor dilaya hai.
Yaqeenan Allâh Ta‟ala zuban se kahi huyi baaton aur dil ki aawaazon ko
sunta hai aur ghaib ke parde mein chupe huye haqa‟eq ko dekhta hai.

Allâh Ta‟ala apni sifaat ka sha‟oor is liye dilate hain ta‟ake logon mein
Taqwa paida ho.

Helpful Hints: Is Aayat 134 mein farmaya ke wo bada hi na‟samajh hai jo

sirf duniya ka talab gaar hai.

Allâh Taála tou duniya aur aakhirat dono ki bhalayi ata‟ karne par Qadir
hai. Is liye Allâh Taála se duniya aur aakhirat dono ki bhalayi ata‟ karne ka
sawal karna chahiye.

85 Surah Al Baqarah 2:201

Page | 164
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

CHAPTER 9: SURAH AN-NISA’ (WOMEN) (AYAT 135 - 147)

AYAT 135: ADAL KARO CHAHE APNO KE KHILAF HI KYUN NA HO

Ayat 135

Aye imaan walo! Adl o insaaf par mazbooti se jam jane wale aur
khushnoodi maula ke liye sachchi gawahi dene wale ban jao, go’ woh
khud tumhare apne khilaf ho ya maa baap ke ya rishtedaron azizon
ke. Woh shakhs agar ameer ho tou aur faqeer ho tou donon ke sath
Allâh ko ziyada ta’alluq hai. Is liye tum khuwahish e nafs ke piche
pad kar insaaf na chod dena. Aur agar tumne kaj’ bayani ya pehlu’
tahi ki tou jaan lo ke jo kuch tum karoge Allâh Ta’ala is se poori
tarah ba’ khabar hai.

Explanatory notes

Is mein Allâh Ta‟ala ahle imaan ko adl aur insaaf qayam karne ki aur haq ke
mutabiq gawahi dene ki takeed farma rahen hain. Allâh Ta‟ala ne apne
bando ko adl aur insaaf qayam karne ka hukum diya hai ke, chahe is ki
wajah se inhe ya in ke waliden aur rishtedaron ko nuqsan hi uthana pade.

Is liye ke haq sab par haakim hai aur sab par muqaddam hai.

Tou, aye imaan walo! Adl aur insaaf par mazbooti se jam jaane wale ban jao
aur khush‟noodi maula ke liye sachchi gawahi dene wale ban jao, chaahe
woh khud tumhare apne khilaf ho ya maa baap ke ya rishtedaron azizon ke
khilaf ho, murawaat mein bhi na pado.

Page | 165
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Is ayat mein wazeh taur se Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, kisi maaldar ki
wajah se riaa‟yat na ki jaye aur na hi kisi faqeer ke faqr ka andesha tumhen
sachchi baat kehne se roke, balke Allâh Ta‟ala in donon se tumhare ziyada
qareeb aur muqaddam hai.

Woh shakhs agar ameer ho ya faqeer ho tum ko sachchi baat kehna hai
kyun ke, Allâh Ta‟ala in donon se ziyadah tumhare qareeb hai yaani
tumhare saath Allâh ko ziyada ta‟alluq hai.

Is liye ham ko khuwahish e nafs ke piche pad kar insaaf nahi chodna hai,
yani khuwahish e nafs mohabbat ya nafrat tumhen insaaf karne se na rok
de is par ziyadah dhyan dena hai. Jaises dusre muqam par Allâh Ta‟ala ne
farmaya hai ke,

Tumhen kisi qaum ki dushmani is baat par aamadah na kare ke tum

insaaf na karo86.

Is ayat mein adal aur insaaf ki takeed ki gayi hai, Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen
hain ke, tahreef yaani badlao karna aur jaan boojh ker jhoot bolne ko kaha
jana dono batoun se gurez karo.

Yahan matlab shahadat mein tahreef aur taghaiyyur yaani tabdeeli hai aur
aeraaz se murad shahadat ka chupana aur is ka tark karna hai. In dono
baaton se bhi is aayat ke zariye roka gaya hai.

Is aayat mein adl aur insaaf ki takeed aur is ke liye jin baaton ki zaroorat
hai in ka ehtemaam karne ka hukum diya gaya hai. Maslan, har haal mein
adl karo is se inkaar na karo, kisi malamat gaar ki malamat aur koi aur
rishta bhi is mein rukawat na bane, balke is ke qiyam mein tum ak dusre ke
saath raho aur dast e baazoo bano.

Sirf Allâh ki raza tumhare paish e nazar hona chahiye, kyun ke is soorat
mein tum tahreef aur tabdeeli se guraiz karoge aur tumhara faisla adl ki
meezan mein poora utrega.

86 5-Al Maa‟idah:8]

Page | 166
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Adl aur insaaf ki zadd agar tum par ya tumhare waliden par ya dusre
qareebi rishtedaron par bhi pade, tab bhi tum parwah na karo aur apni aur
inki ria‟yat ke muqable mein adl ke taqazon ko ahmiyat do.

Kisi maaldar ki is ki daulat aur rutbe ki wajah se ria‟yat na karo aur kisi
tang‟dast ke faqr se khauf mat khao, kyun ke wahi janta hai ke in donon ki
behetri kis mein hai?

Faisle mein khuwahish e nafs, qurabat aur dushmani aade nahi aani
chahiye. Balke in ko nazar andaaz kar ke be‟laag adl karo.

Adl ka ye ehtemaam jis mua‟shre yaani society mein hoga, wahan aman aur
sukoon aur Allâh ki taraf se rahmatoun aur barkatoun ka nuzool hoga.

Sahaba Karam Rizwanullah Ta’ala Alaihim ne is nukte yaani point ko bhi

khoob samajh liya tha, is liye Hazrat Abdullah bin Rawaha R.A. ki babat
aata hai ke, Rasool Allâh Aap Nabi Kareem ne inhe Khaibar ke
yahoodiyon ke paas bheja ke wo wahan ke phalon aur faslon ka takhmeena
yaani andaza laga kar aayen. Yahudiyon ne inhe rishwat ki paishkash ki
ta‟ke wo kuch narmi se kaam len. Inhone farmaya “Allâh ki qasm mein is ki
taraf se numa‟inda yaani representative ban kar aaya hun jo duniyan mein
mujhe sab se ziyada mehboob hai aur tum mere nazdeek sab se ziyada na‟
pasandeeda ho. Lekin apne mahboob ki mohabbat aur tumhari dushmani
mujhe is baat par aamadah nahi kar sakti ke mein tumhare muamle mein
insaaf na karun”. Ye sun kar inhone kaha “isi adl ki wajah se aasman aur
zameen ka ye nizam qayam hai”87.

Helpful Hints: Is aayat 135 mein ahle imaan ko hukum diya gaya ke adal
ke qayam karne wale bano aur yehi Allâh ki shaan e adal ki gawahi hai. Is
ayat ke zariye se society mein zulm o ziyadati ko khatam karna aur ak
insaaf ka nizaam qayam karne ke liye koshish karna har musalman par
laazim hai, bataya gaya hai.

87 [Tafseer ibn e kaseer]

Page | 167
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

AYAT 136: IMAAN HAQEEQI HAASIL KARO

Ayat 136

Aye imaan walo! Allâh Ta’ala par is ke Rasool par aur is kitab
par jo is ne apne Rasool par utari hai aur in kitabon par jo is se
pehle nazil farmayin gayi hain, imaan lao! Jo shakhs Allâh Ta’ala se
aur is ke farishtoun se aur is ki kitabon se aur is ke rasoolon se aur
qiyamat ke din se kufr kare wo tou bohot badi dur ki gumrahi mein ja
pada.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein musalmano ko Allâh Ta‟ala hukum farmata hai ke wo imaan ki
tamam baaton par jam jaayen aur sachche momin ban jayen.
Imaan walon ko imaan lane ki takeed, ka matlab ye hai ke momin imaan ke
usool ko maan jayen aur us par jame rahen theek usi taraha jaise ak
momin har namaz mein dua maangta hai ke, Aye Allâh ham ko seedhe
raaste ki baseerat de aur ham ko hidayat mein saabit qadam rakh.
Isi tarah is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne imaan waalon ko Allâh Ta‟ala aur us
ke Rasool par imaan ka hukum diya hai88.
Allâh Ta‟ala aur us ke Rasoolon par imaan lane ka matlab bhi yahan bataya
gaya hai ke, Aye imaan walo! Allâh Ta‟ala par is ke Rasool par aur is
Kitab par jo is ne apne Rasool par utari hai aur in Kitabon par jo is se
pehle nazil farmayin gayi hain, imaan lao!
Jo shakhs Allâh Ta‟ala se aur is ke farishtoun se aur is ki kitabon se aur is
ke Rasoolon se aur qiyamat ke din se kufr karega wo bohot badi yaani dur

88 1-Al Fateha ka mafhoom hai

Page | 168
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

ki gumrahi mein gir jayega, yaani khuli gumarahi mein mubtila‟ ho jayega
aur us ka imaan laana ab mumkin nahi hai.
Helpful Hints: Is aayat 136 mein aise musalmano ko jo zuban se imaan ka
iqrar karte hain, Allâh, us ke Rasool aur Allâh Taála ki nazil kardah
kitabon par imaan e haqeeqi laane ki dawat di ja rahi hai.
Kalima‟ Tayyaba‟ padhne se ham ko qanooni imaan haasil hota hai. Allâh
Taála chahta hai ke hamara dil bhi Noor e imaan se munawwar ho jaye aur
ye ham ko aise haasil karna hoga;
1. Nek logon ki sohbat
2. Swaliheen ki seerat ki study
3. Aayat e Aafaqi o Qur’âni ki study aur un par ghor o fikr.

AYAT 137 - 138: IMAAN AUR KUFR KE BEECH BAA’TANI KASHMAKASH

Ayat 137

Jin logon ne imaan qubool kiya aur phir gaye, phir imaan la kar phir
kufr kiya, phir apne kufr mein pad’ gaye Allâh Ta’ala yaqeenan inhe
na bakhshega aur na inhe raahe hidayat samjhaega.

Explanatory notes

Baaz mufassireen ne is se murad yahood liye hain.

Yahood Hazrat Moosa Alaihissalam par imaan laye lekin Hazrat Uzair
Alaihissalam ka in kaar kiya, phir Hazrat Isa Alaihissalam ka bhi inkaar
kiya. Phir kufr mein padte chale gaye. Hat‟ta ke Hazrat Mohammed ki
nabuwwat ka bhi inkaar kiya.

Baaz mufassireen ne is se murad munafiqeen liye hain, chun‟ ke maqsad in

ka musalmanon ko nuqsan pohchana tha, is liye wo baar baar apne

Page | 169
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

musalman hone ka dhong rachate thay aur aakhir mein zalalat mein itne
badh gaye ke in ki hidayat ki ummid khatm ho gayi.

Jo log imaan laane ke baad baar baar murtad hote hain yaani munh pherte
hain, Allâh Ta‟ala aise logo ko kabhi Hidayat nahi farmayega, kyun ke
imaan lane ke baad kufr karna sakht mana hai, aise logon ke dilon par
muhar laga di gayi hai, is liye wo kuch nahi samajhte.

Ayat 138

Munafiqeen ko is amr ko pohcha do ke un ke liye dardnaak azab

yaqeeni hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke, jin logon ne imaan qubool
kiya aur phir gaye, phir imaan la kar phir kufr kiya, phir apne kufr mein
padh gaye, Allâh Ta‟ala yaqeenan inhe kabhi nahi bakhshega aur na hi inhe
raah e hidayat samjhayega. Yahan Allâh Ta‟ala Ta‟ala farma rahen hain ke
Munafiqeen ko is amr ko pohcha do ke, un ke liye dardnaak azab yaqeeni
hai, Allâh Ta‟ala ne in ke dilon par muhar laga di hai aur aise logon ke liye
bada dardnaak azaab hai.
Helpful Hints: In aayat 137 tou 138 mein ye haqeeqat bayan ki gayi hai ke
musalman ke baatin mein imaan aur kufr ki ak kashmakash hamesha jaari
rehti hai.
Lekin jo log is kashmakash mein kufr ki taraf badhte chale jaate hain wo
munafiq hain aur Allâh Ta‟ala un ko kabhi nahi bakhshega aur dardnaak
azzab dega.

Page | 170
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

AYAT 139: KAFIRON SE DOSTI KARNE WALE MUNAFIQ HAIN

Ayat 139

Jin ki halat ye hai ke musalmanon ko chod kar kafiron ko dost

banate phirte hain. Kya in ke paas izzat ki talash mein jate hain?
[tou yaad rakhen ke] izzat tou saari ki saari Allâh Ta’ala ke qabze
mein hai.

Explanatory notes

Jis tarah Surah Al Baqarah ke aaghaz mein guzar chuka hai ke munafiqeen
kafiron ke paas ja kar yahi kehte thay ke ham tou haqeeqat mein tumhare
hi saath hain, musalmanon se tou hum yunhi mazaq karte hain.

Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya hai ke izzat, kafiron ke saath dosti aur
mohabbat se nahi milegi, kyun ke izzat dena tou Allâh Ta‟ala ke ikhteyar
mein hai aur wo izzat apne man‟ne walon ko hi ata‟ farmata hai.

Surah Al Baqarah ke baad phir is ayat mein farmaya ja raha hai ke, jo izzat
ka taalib hai tou ise samajh lena chahiye ke, Allâh Ta‟ala ka sawaliya
farmaan hai ke, jin ki halat ye hai ke musalmanon ko chod kar kafiron ko
dost banate phirte hain. Kya ye log in ke paas izzat ki talash mein jate hain?

Aise logon ko yaad rakhna hai ke izzat tou saari ki saari Allâh Ta‟ala ke
qabze mein hai yaani izzat sab ki sab Allâh Ta‟ala ke liye hai aur is ke
Rasool ke liye hai aur momineen ke liye hai, lekin munafiq ye nahi
jante. Yani wo nifaq ke zariye se aur kafiron se dosti ke zariye se izzat hasil
karna chahte hain. Dar‟haqeeqat ye tariqa zillat aur kho‟aari ka hai izzat ka
nahi hai, aur muinafiq, kafiron ke paas izzat talash karte hain lekin sach ye
hai ke munafiq, kafiron ke hi saath hain. Is liye izaat sirf aur sirf Allâh
Ta‟ala se talab karna chahiye.

Page | 171
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Helpful Hints: Is aayat 139 mein farmaya ke ye munafiq hain jo ahle imaan
ki ba‟jaye kafiron se dosti karte hain.

Munafiq Allâh Ta‟ala ko naraaz kar ke us ke dushmano se dosti kar rahen

hain tou kya wo Allâh Ta‟ala ko naraaz kar ke izzat paa sakenge….!

AYAT 140: SHAÁRE DEEN KI TOUHEEN MAT BARDASHT KARO

Ayat 140

Aur Allâh tumhare paas apni Kitab mein ye hukum utaar chuka hai
ke tum jab kisi majlis walon ko Allâh Ta’ala ki aayatoun ke sath kufr
karte aur mazaq udate huye suno tou is majme mein in ke sath na
betho! Jab tak’ ke wo is ke alawa aur baaten na karne lagen [warna]
tum bhi is waqt inhe jaise ho, yaqeenan Allâh Ta’ala tamam kafiron
aur sab munafiqeen ko jahannum mein jama karne wala hai.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein nifaq ka baht bura example de kar samjhaya ja raha hai ke,
mana karne ke ba‟wajud agar tum aisi majlison mein jahan Aayaat e ilahi
ka mazaaq kiya jata ho, bethoge aur is par mana‟ nahi karoge tou phir tum
bhi gunah mein in ke barabar ho gaye.
Jaise ak hadees mein aata hai „jo shakhs Allâh aur yom e aakhirat par
imaan rakhta hai, wo is dawat mein shareek na ho jis mein sharab ka daur
chale.
Is se maloom hua ke aisi majlison aur ijtama‟at mein shareek hona, jin mai
Allâh aur Rasool ke ahkaam ka qaulan ya amalan mazaq udaya jata
ho, jaise aaj kal ke Umara, faishonable aur maghrib zada halqon mein ho
raha hai, sakht gunah hai.

Page | 172
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Munafiq aur kafir dono jahannum mein jama‟ honge yaani jis tarah duniya
mein kufr aur shirk mein shareek thay.
Helpful Hints: Is ayat 140 mein Surah Anáam ki aayat 68 ke hawale se
farmaya gaya hai ke ye hukum pehle diya ja chuka hai ke agar kisi mehfil
mein Allâh Taála ki aayaat ka in kaar kiya ja raha ho ya un ka mazaq udaya
ja raha ho tou ghairat e imaani ka taqaza hai ke us ko roka jaye aur aisi
mehfil mein na jaya jaye, kyun ke aisi mehfil mein jo betha rahega wo
munafiq hoga.
Kisi bhi shakhs ke liye imaan ki nishani hai;
1. Allâh Taála ki mohabbat
2. Allâh Taála ke deen ki mohabbat
3. Allâh Taála ki aayaat ke liye mohabbat

AYAT 141 - 143: MUNAFIQON KI RAWISH

Ayat 141

Ye log tumhare anjaam kaar ka intezam karte rehte hain phir agar
tumhen Allâh fatah de tou ye kehte hain ke kya ham tumhare saathi
nahi aur agar kafiron ko thoda ghalba mil jaye tou [in se] kehte hain
ke ham tum par ghalib na aane lage thay aur kya ham ne tumhen
musalmanon ke hathon se na bachaya tha. Pas qiyamat mein khud
Allâh Ta’ala tumhare darmiyan faisla karega. Aur Allâh Ta’ala
kafiron ko, imaan walon par hArgiz raah na dega.

Page | 173
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Explanatory notes

Is ayat mein Allâh Taála farma rahen hai ke, ye log yaani munafiq tumhare
baare mein yaani musalmano ke liye intizar mein rehte hain ke in par zawal
aaye, phir agar Allâh Taála ki taraf se fatah ho tou kehte hain ke, kya ham
tumhare saath nahi thay. Aur agar kafiron ke liye ghalba ho tou kehte hain
ke, kya hum tum par ghalib nahi aane lage thay lekin tumhen apna saathi
samajh kar chod diya aur musalmanon ka saath chod kar ham ne tumhe
musalmano ke hathon se bachaya.

Matlab ye ke tumhe ghalba hamari is doghli yaani diplomatic policy ke

natije mein hasil hua hai. Jo ham ne musalmanon ko zahiri taur par shamil
ho kar apnaye rakhi. Lekin dar‟ pardah yaani peeche se in ko nuqsaan
pohonchaane mein hum ne koi kotahi aur kami nahi ki ta‟ke tum par ghalib
aa jayen. Ye munafiqeen ka qaul hai jo inhone kafiron se kaha.

Is ayat mein Allâh Taála farma rahen hai ke, duniyan mein tum ne dhoke
aur faraib se waqti taur par kuch kamyabi hasil kar li. Lekin qayamat wale
din Allâh Ta‟ala ka faisla in baatini jazbaat aur kefiyaat ki roshni mein hoga
jinhe tum sinon mein chupaye huye thay.

Allâh Ta‟ala tou sinon ke razon ko bhi khoob janta hai aur phir is par jo wo
saza dega tou maloom hoga ke duniyan mein munafiqat ikhteyar kar ke
nihayat khasare ka sauda kiya tha, jis par jahannum ka daa‟imi yaani
kabhi khatam na hone wala azaab bhugatna hoga.

Is ayat mein ghalba na dega ki wazahat ki gayi hai yaani is ke mukhtalif

mafhoom bayan kiye gaye hain;

1. Ahle Islaam ka ghalba qiyamat wale din hoga,

2. Hujjat aur dala‟il ke aitbaar se kaafir musalmanon par ghalib nahi aa

sakte.

Page | 174
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

3. Kafiron ka aisa ghalba nahi hoga ke Musalmanon ki daulat, quwwat aur

shaan o shokat ka bilkul hi khatma ho jayega aur haraf e ghalat ki tarah
duniyan ke naqshe se hi ghayab ho jayenge.

Ak hadees sahiha se bhi is mafhoom ki ta‟eed hoti hai, Jab tak‟ musalman
apne deen ke aamil, baatil se ghair raazi aur munkirat yaani mana‟ ki huyi
baton se rokne waale rahenge, kaafir in par ghalib na aa sakenge.

Imam Ibn al Arabi farmate hain‟ ye sab se umda ma‟ani hai, kyun ke Allâh
Ta‟ala ka farman hai ke jo museebat tum par waq‟e hoti hai tumhare apne
fai‟lon ki wajah se hoti hai, goya' ye musalmanon ki apni kotahiyon ka natija
hai89.

Helpful Hints: Allâh Ta‟ala ne waáda kiya hai ke wo kafiron ko musalmano

par kabhi aisa ghalba‟ nahi dega ke musalman khatam ho jayen. Allâh
Ta‟ala ki taraf se madad ka waáda musalmano se hai, irshaad hai:

Tum na susti karo, na ghamgeen ho, tum hi ghalib rahoge agar tum
imaandar ho90.

Is ayat mein Allâh Ta‟ala ne wazeh kiya hai ke musalmano ko chahiye ke wo

himmat na haaren aur na gham karen, kyun ke wo hi ghalib rahenge agar
wo momin hain tou.

89 [Fatah Al Qadeer]
90 Surah Aal e Imran 3:139

Page | 175
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 142

Beshak! munafiq Allâh se chaal baaziyan kar rahe hain aur wo inhe
is chaal baazi ka badla dene wala hai. Aur jab namaz ko khade hote
hain tou badi kahili ki halat mein khade hote hain. Sirf logon ko
dikate hain. Aur yaad e ilahi tou yunhi bara e naam karte hain.

Explanatory notes

Is mein koi shak nahi hai ke munafiq Allâh Taála ko dhokha de rahen hain
aur un se chaal baaziyan kar rahe hain aur Allâh Taála inhe, is chaal baazi
ka badla dene wala hai. Is ki mukhtasir tashreeh Surah Al Baqarah mein ho
chuki hai.

Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya hai ke, Namaz islam ka ahem tareen rukn
yaani hissa hai aur ashraf tareen farz hai aur is me bhi munafiq kahili aur
susti ka muzahira karte thay, kyun ke in ka dil imaan se khaali tha aur ye,
yaad e ilahi aur khuloos se mehroom tha.

Is ki wajah ye thi ke Isha aur fajr ki namaz bataur e khas in par bhari thi
jaisa ke Aap Nabi Kareem ka farman hai, munfiq par isha aur fajr ki
namaz sab se bhari hai.

Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya ke, ye munafiq namaz bhi sirf rayakari aur
dikhlawe ke liye padhte thay ta‟ke musalmano ko faraib de saken. Aur ye
munafiq Allâh ka zikr tou bara‟e naam karte hain ya namaz mukhtasir si
padhte hain, jab namaz ikhlas, yaad e ilahi aur khushu se khali ho tou
itmenan se namaz ki adayegi nihayat giran hoti hai.

Hadees mein Aap Nabi Kareem ne farmaya „ye munafiq ki namaz hai,
ye munafiq ki namaz hai, Ye munafiq ki namaz hai ke betha hua suraj ka

Page | 176
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

intezar karta rehta hai, yahan tak‟ ke jab suraj shaitan ke do singon ke
darmiyan [tulu ke qareeb] ho jata hai tou uthta hai aur thonge maar leta
hai91.

Ayat 143

Wo darmiyan mein hi mo’allaq dagmaga rahe hain, na poore in ki

taraf aur na sahih taur par un ki taraf, jise Allâh Ta’ala gumrahi
mein daal de tou is ke liye koi raah na payega.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein Allâh Taála ne munafiqon ki halat bayan ki hai ke wo imaan
aur kufr ke beech hairaan aur pareshaan yaani confusion ki state mein
hain. Kafiron ke pass jate hain tou in ke saath aur momino ke pass aate
hain tou in ke sath dosti aur ta‟alluq ka izhaar karte hain. Zahir aur baatin
taur se ye log musalmano ke sath hain, na kafiron ke sath hain aur kuch
munafiq tou kufr aur imaan ke darmiyan tazabzub yaani shak o suba‟ ka hi
shikar rehte hain.

Aap Nabi Kareem ka farman hai, „munafiq ki misaal is bakri ki tarha

hai jo 2 revadon ke darmiyan maari maari phirti rehti hai, kabhi ak revad ki
taraf jati hai aur kabhi dusre ki taraf jati hai (kisi bhi ak rewad ka hissa
nahi hoti)92.

Is ayat mein wazeh kiya gaya hai ke jis ko Allâh Ta‟ala gumrahi mein daal
de tou phir wo raah nahi payega.

Helpful Hints: In aayaat 141 - 143 mein munafiqon ki khaslatoun ka bayan

kiya gaya hai;

91 [Sahi muslim]
92 [Sahih muslim]

Page | 177
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

1. Apni baatoun aur be‟rooh aamaal ke zariye se Allâh ko dhoka dene ki

koshish karte hain

2. Wo namaz nahi padhte aur padhte bhi hain tou logon ko dikhane ke
liye

3. Namaz ke douran Allâh ko yaad nahi karte

4. Wo sirf apni zaat‟ aur apne fayede ke saath mukhlis hain, ye na tou
musalmano ke kher‟ khwah hain aur na kafiron ke dost hain.

Jo shakhs sab kuch jaante aur samajhte huye gumraahi mein ja pade us ko
seedhe raaste par laane ke liye insaani koshishen kaamiyab nahi ho sakti.
Allâh Taála jis ko gumrah kar de tou us ko raasta dikhane wala koi nahi,
kyun ke Allâh Taála aise logo ko hi bhatakne ke liye chod deta hai.

AYAT 144: MOMINO KE MUQABILE MEIN KAFIRON KO DOST MAT’ BANAO

Ayat 144

Aye imaan walo! Momino ko chod kar kafiron ko dost na banao, kya
tum chahte ho ke apne upar Allâh Ta’ala ki hujjat qayam kar lo.

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein Allâh Taála farma rahen hain ke, Aye imaan walo! Momino ko
chod kar kafiron ko dost na banao kyun ke musalmano ke muqabile kuffar
se dosti sahi nahi hai.
Ye ayat daleel hai ke kafir se dosti nahi karna hai, yaani Allâh ne tumhe
kafiron ki dosti se mana farmaya hai.
Ab agar tum dosti karoge tou is ka matlab ye hai ke tum Allâh ko ye daleel
mohayya kar rahe ho ke tumhen bhi saza de sake yaani Allâh Taála ki
hukum na man‟ne ki wajah se.

Page | 178
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Helpful Hints: Is ayat 144 mein takeedi hukum diya gaya hai ke momino ke
muqabile mein kafiron se dosti na karo, jis ne aisa kiya goya‟ us ne khullam
khulla Allâh ke azaab ko dawat di.

AYAT 145 - 146: MUNAFIQEEN JAHANNUM KE SAB SE NICHLE GADH’HE MEIN HONGE
Ayat 145

Munafiq tou yaqeenan jahannum ke sab se niche ke tabqe mein

jayenge. Na’ mumkin hai ke Aap in ka koi madadgaar paayen.

Explanatory notes
Jaise ke pichli ayat mein Allâh Taála ne munafiqon ki halat bayan ki hai ke,
wo imaan aur kufr ke beech hairaan aur pareshaan yaani confusion ki state
mein hain, tou aisa imaan rakhne wala Allâh Taála ke yahan qabile qubool
nahi hai aur aise logon ke liye hi dozakh ka sab se nichla darja‟ hai.
Is ayat mein Allâh Taála ne wazeh kiya hai ke munafiqon ko, Allâh Taála ke
muqabile mein koi madad gaar nahi milega.
Helpful Hints: Jahannum ka sab se nichla tabqa „Hawiya‟ kehlata hai.

se murad sab se nichla darja‟ hai.

Munafiqeen ki mazkoora aadaat aur sifaat se, ham sab musalmano ko Allâh
Ta‟ala bachaye….Aameen

Page | 179
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Ayat 146

Haan jo tauba kar len aur islaah kar len aur Allâh Ta’ala par kaamil
yaqeen rakhen aur khalis Allâh hi ke liye dain’ daari karen tou ye log
mominon ke sath hain. Allâh Ta’ala mominon ko bohot bada ajr dega.

Explanatory notes
Is Aayat mein Allâh Taála farma rahen hain ke, wo log jo tauba kar ke apni
islah kar lenge tou wo aise logon mein shumar hain jinhone Allâh Taála ke
deen ko mazbooti se thaam liya aur apne deen ko Allâh Taála ke liye khalis
kar liya tou ye log momino ke saath honge aur Allâh Taála jaldi hi momino
ko ajr azeem ata‟ karega.

Allâh Taála ne is ayat ke zariye se wazeh kiya hai ke, munafiqeen mein se jo
in 4 chizon ka khuloos e dil se ehtemam karega, wo jahannum mein jane ki
baja‟e jannat mein ahl e imaan ke sath hoga;

1. Tauba’: magar wo log jinhone tauba’ ki, yahan tauba‟ se

murad nadamat‟ hai yaani pichle aamaal par sharmindgi. Is se murad
nifaq se tauba‟ hai.

2. Islah: Aur islah kar li, is se murad in future apne aqeede aur
aamaal ki islah hai.

3. Ait’sam billah: Aur unhone Allâh Taála ke Deen, yaani

Qur‟ân ko mazbooti se thaam liya.

Page | 180
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

4. Ikhlaas: Aur apne deen ko Allâh Taála ke liye khaalis

kar liya, yaani har kaam Allâh Taála ki raza‟ ke liya kara jis ka seedha

matlab hai, ham sirf teri hi ibadat karte hain aur

tujh hi se madad maangte hain93.

Helpful Hints: Aayat 145 mein bayan kiya gaya hai ke munafiqeen ka
anjaam kuffar se bhi bad‟tar hoga aur wo jahannum ke nichle gadhdhe
mein honge, is liye behtar hai ke wo log tauba‟ aur islah kar len.

Ayat 146 mein wazeh sawal kiya hai ke, Allâh Taála ko tumhe azaab de kar
kya milega ?

Behtar ye hai ke tum Allâh Taála par khuloos e dil se imaan le aao aur us
ka shukr ada‟ karo.

Jo Tauba‟, Islah, Ait‟sam billah aur deen ko Ikhlaas dega yaani khalis kar
lega Allâh Taála inhe momino ke darje mein shamil kar lega aur inhein ajr e
azeem dega.

AYAT 147 - 148: MAZLOOM KI AAHON SE BACHO!

Ayat 147

Allâh Ta’ala tumhen saza de kar kya karega? Agar tum shukr guzari
karte raho aur ba’ imaan raho. Allâh Ta’ala bohot qadr karne wala
aur poora ilm rakhne wala hai.

93 Surah Al Fatiha 1:5

Page | 181
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Explanatory notes
Is ayat mein wazeh kiya hai ke, azaab ki asal wajah shukr na karna aur
imaan na laana hai, warna Allâh Taála ko kya zaroorat hai ke aap ko azaab
de?
Shukr guzari ka matlab hai ke Allâh Taála ke hukum ke mutabiq buraiyon
se ijtenaab kare yaani bache aur amal e saleh ka ehtemam kare. Ye Allâh
Taála ki nematoun ka amli shukr hai aur imaan se murad Allâh ki tauheed
aur Nabi aakhir uz zaman Hazrat Mohammed Mustafa ki risalat par
imaan hai.

Aur Allâh Taála hamesha se hi qadar karne wala hai, yaani jo

is ka shukr karega, qadr karega aur jo dil se imaan layega, wo Allâh Taála
ko jaan lega aur Allâh Taála us ke amal ke mutabiq behtareen jaza dega.

Allâh Taála ne is ayat mein apne Shakir aur Aleem hone ka sha‟oor dilaya
hai.

Allâh Taála apne bande ki neki ki badi qadar karta hai, is ayat mein Allâh
Taála ne insaano mein shukr guzari ka rawayya paida karne ke liye apne
Shakir hone ka shaóor dilaya hai yaani jo shukr karega Allâh Taála us ki
qadr karega.

Allâh Taála ne insaano ko dil se imaan laane ke liye apne Aleem hone ka
shaóor dilaya hai yaani jo dil se imaan layega Allâh Taála us ko jaan lega.
Allâh Taála hi behtareen jaza de sakta hai lihaza‟ tum shukr guzari ka
rawayya ikhtiyar karo

Helpful Hints: In aayat 147 - 148 mein hidayat di gayi ke Allâh Taála
burayion ko phelana pasand nahi fermata, is se zehan bura hota hai.
Albat‟ta mazloom, zulm ki shikayat kar sakta hai aur zalim ki ye gheebat
haram mein dakhil nahi hogi aur Allâh Taála khoob janne wala hai.

Lekin koi burayi ko dar‟guzar kar ke sabr kare aur neki kare tou Allâh Taála
ka bada ina‟am hai us par, Allâh Taála ko ye amal bahut pasand hai.

Page | 182
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Surah An Nisa – Explanatory Notes)

Page | 183
 AL HIDAYA QURAN ACADEMY
Juz 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Root words)

Page | 184
 AL HIDAYA QURAN ACADEMY
Juz 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Root words)

PART II

ROOT WORDS

Page | 185
 AL HIDAYA QURAN ACADEMY
Juz 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Root words)

Page | 186
 AL HIDAYA QURAN ACADEMY
Juz 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Root words)

Page | 187
 AL HIDAYA QURAN ACADEMY
Juz 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Root words)

Page | 188
 AL HIDAYA QURAN ACADEMY
Juz 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Root words)

Page | 189
 AL HIDAYA QURAN ACADEMY
Juz 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Root words)

Page | 190
 AL HIDAYA QURAN ACADEMY
Juz 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Root words)

Page | 191
 AL HIDAYA QURAN ACADEMY
Juz 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Root words)

Page | 192
 AL HIDAYA QURAN ACADEMY
Juz 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Root words)

Page | 193
 AL HIDAYA QURAN ACADEMY
Juz 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Root words)

Page | 194
 AL HIDAYA QURAN ACADEMY
Juz 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Root words)

Page | 195
 AL HIDAYA QURAN ACADEMY
Juz 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Root words)

Page | 196
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Self Check Exercise)

PART III

SELF CHECK EXERCISE

Page | 197
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Self Check Exercise)

SELF CHECK EXERCISE

SURAH AN NISA’ (AYAT 24 TO 147)

CHAPTER 1: SURAH AN NISA’ (AYAT 24 TO 35)

QUESTION 1: A-24- QUR’ÂN E KAREEM MAIN AHSAAN KITNE MA’NON MAIN ISTIMAAL

HUA HAI AUR IS KA MATLAB KYA HAI?

QUESTION 2: A-25 - ISLAM TAMAM INSAANO KO AK HI NASAL AUR AK HI ASAL SE

SHUMAR KARTA HAI, KI WAZAHAT KIJIYE?

QUESTION 3: A-26 - ALLÂH TA’ALA CHAHTA HAI KE TUMHARE WA’STE KHOOB KHOL

KER BAYAN KARE AUR TUMHEN TUM SE PEHLE KE [NAIK] LOGON KI RAAH PAR

CHALAYE, SE KYA MURAD HAI?

QUESTION 4: A-27- AUR ALLÂH CHAHTA HAI KE TUMHARI TAUBA QUBOOL KARE AUR
JO LOG KHUWAHISHAT KE PAIRO HAIN WO CHAHTE HAIN KE TUM IS SE BOHOT DOOR

HAT JAO, SE KYA MURAD HAI?

QUESTION 5: A- 28 SHARIYAT ALLÂH KI REHMAT KA MAZHAR HAI KI WAZAHAT

KAREIN?

QUESTION 6: A-29- AEY IMAAN WALO! APNE APAS KE MAAL NA’JAIZ TARIQE SE MAT

KHAO, KEH KAR KIN LOGON KO ROKA GAYA HAI AUR KYOUN?

QUESTION 7: A-30- AUR JO SHAKHS YE [NA’FARMANIYAN] SARKASHI AUR ZULM

KAREGA, TO ANQAREEB HUM IS KO AAG MAIN DAKHIL KARENGE, SE KYA MURAD HAI?

QUESTION 8: A-31-BADE GUNAHON SE BACHO, CHOTE GUNAH MUAF KAR DIYE

JAYENGE KI WAZAHAT KARIYE?

QUESTION 9: A-32- ALLÂH TAÁLA NE KISI KO AK AITBAR SE FAZILAT DI HAI AUR

DUSRE KO DUSRE AITBAR SE, IS HAWALE SE HASAD MAT’ KARO, SE KYA MURAD HAI ?

QUESTION 10: AYAT-34-35- NEK BIWI APNE SHOHAR KI TAÁBE’DAAR HOTI HAI, KI

WAZAHAT KAREIN?

Page | 198
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Self Check Exercise)

CHAPTER 2: SURAH AN NISA’ (AYAT 36 TO 50)

QUESTION 1: AYAT-36- INSAANI ZINDGI KI ISLAH KE LIYE KHAAS POINTS KYA KYA

HAIN?

QUESTION 2: AYAT-37- BAKHEEL KISE KEHTE HAIN? JO LOG KHUD BAKHEELI

KARTE HAIN AUR DUSRON KO BHI BAKHEELI KARNE KO KEHTE HAIN ALLÂH TA’ALA
NE JO APNA FAZAL INHEN DE RAKHA HAI ISE CHUPA LETE HAIN, HAM NE IN KAFIRON

KE LIYE ZILLAT KI MAAR TAYAR KAR RAKHI HAI, KI WAZAHAT KARIYE?

QUESTION 3: AYAT-38- AUR JO LOG APNA MAAL LOGON KE DIKHAWE KE LIYE

KHARCH KARTE HAIN AUR ALLÂH TA’ALA PAR AUR QIYAMAT KE DIN PAR IMAAN NAHIN
RAKHTE AUR JIS KA HAM NASHEEN AUR SATHI SHAITAN HO. WO BAD’ TAREEN SATHI

HAI, KI WAZAHAT KARIYE?

QUESTION 4: AYAT-39- BHALA IN KA KYA NUQSAN THA AGAR YE ALLÂH PAR AUR

QIYAMAT KE DIN PAR IMAAN LAATE HAIN AUR ALLÂH TA’ALA NE JO INHEN DE RAKHA

HAI IS MAIN SE KHARCH KARTE ALLÂH TA’ALA INHEN KHOOB JANNE WALA HAI, IS
AYAT MAIN ALLÂH TA’ALA NE KYA WAZEH KIYA HAI

QUESTION 5: AYAT-40- BESHAK! ALLÂH TA’ALA AK ZARRA BARABAR ZULM NAHIN

KARTA AUR AGAR NAIKI HO TO ISE DO GUNI KAR DETA HAI AUR KHAS APNE PAAS SE

BADA SAWAB DETA HAI, IS AYAT MAIN ALLÂH TA’ALA NE KYA KHABAR DI HAI?

QUESTION 6: AYAT-41- PAS KYA HAAL HOGA JIS WAQT KE HAR UMMAT MAIN SE AK

GAWAH HUM LAYENGE AUR AAP KO IN LOGON PAR GAWAH BANA KAR LAYENGE SE KYA

MURAD HAI?

QUESTION 7: AYAT-42- JIS ROZ KAAFIR AUR RASOOL KE NA’FARMAN AARZO

KARENGE KE KAASH! INHEN ZAMEEN KE SATH HAMWAAR KAR DIYA JATA AUR ALLÂH
TA’ALA SE KOI BAAT NA CHIPA SAKENGE?

QUESTION8: AYAT -43-SHARAB KI HURMAT KE HAWALE SE DUSRA HUKUM KYA HAI

AUR PEHLA HUKUM KIS AYAT MAIN DIYA GAYA?

QUESTION 9: AYAT -44-47 MAIN YAHUD KI KIN HARKATON KA ZIKR KIYA GAYA HAI?

Page | 199
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Self Check Exercise)

QUESTION 10: A-48- SHIRK NA’QABILE MUAFI JURM HAI KI WAZAHAT KARIYE?

QUESTION 11: A-49- KYA AAP NE INHEN NAHIN DEKHA JO APNI PAKEEZGI AUR

SATA’ISH KHUD KARTE HAIN, BALKE ALLÂH TA’ALA JISE CHAHE PAKEEZA KARTA HAI

KISI PAR AK DHAAGE KE BARABAR ZULM NA KIYA JAEGA SE KYA MURAD HAI?

QUESTION 12: A-50- DEKHO YE LOG KIS TARAH ALLÂH TA’ALA PAR JHOOT

BANDHTE HAIN, AUR YE [HARKAT] GUNAH HONE KE LIYE KAAFI HAI SE KYA MURAD

HAI?

Page | 200
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Self Check Exercise)

CHAPTER 3: SURAH AN NISA’ (AYAT 51 TO 70)

QUESTION 1: A-51- “KYA AAPNE INHEN NAHIN DEKHA JINHEN KITAB KA KUCH HISSA

MILA HAI” SE KON LOG MURAD HAIN ?

QUESTION 2: A-51-WO BUTON’ PAR AUR BATIL MAABOOD PAR AE’TEQAAD RAKHTE

HAIN KI WAZAHAT KAREN?

QUESTION 3: A-52- YAHI WO LOG HAIN JINHEN ALLÂH TA’ALA NE LA’NAT KI HAI”

YAHUD KE BARE MAIN ALLAH TAÁLA NE KYA HAQEEQAT WAZEH KI HAI?

QUESTION 4: A-53- KYA IN KA KOI HISSA SALTANAT MAIN HAI IS SE KYA MURAD

HAI?

QUESTION 5: A-53- AGAR AISA HO TO PHIR YE KISI KO EK KHAJOOR KI GHUTHLI KE

SHIGAAF KE BARABAR BHI KUCH NA DEN IS KI WAZAHAT KARIYE?

QUESTION 6: A-54- YA YE LOGON SE HASAD KARTE HAIN IS PAR JO ALLÂH TA’ALA

NE APNE FAZL SE INHEN DIYA HAI, IS KI WAZAHAT KAREN?

QUESTION 7: A-54- PAS HUMNE TO AAL E IBRAHIM KO KITAB AUR HIKMAT BHI DI

HAI AUR BADI SALTANAT BHI ATA FARMAYI, IS KI WAZAHAT KAREN?

QUESTION 8: A-55- “PHIR IS MAIN SE BAAZ NE IS KITAB KO MAANA AUR BAAZ ISSE

RUK GAE. AUR JAHANNUM KA JALANA KAAFI HAI” KI WAZAHAT KARIYE?

QUESTION 9: A-56- JIN LOGON NE HAMARI AAYATON SE KUFR KIYA, UNHEN HUM

YAQEENAN AAG MAIN DAAL DENGE SE KYA MURAD HAI?

QUESTION 10: A-56- JAB IN KI KHALEN PAK JAYENGI HUM IN KE SIWA AUR KHALEN

BADAL DENGE TA’KE WO AZAAB CHAKHTE RAHEN KI WAZAHAT KARIYE?

QUESTION 11: A-57- IMAAN AUR AAMAL E SALEH KYA HAI AUR ALLAH TAÁLA IMAAN

KE BAGHAIR AAMAL E SALEH KO QUBOOL KYOUN NAHI KARTE?

QUESTION 12: A-57- AUR JO LOG IMAAN LAYE AUR SHAISTA AAMAAL KIYE, HUM
ANQAREEB UNHEN UN JANNATON MAIN LE JAAENGE JIN KE NICHE NEHRAIN BEH RAHI

HAIN, JIN MAIN HAMESHA HAMESHA RAHENGE KI WAZAHAT KARIYE?

Page | 201
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Self Check Exercise)

QUESTION 13: AYAT 58-59 – ISLAM KE SIYASI USOOL KYA HAIN?

QUESTION 14: AYAT 60 – “KYA AAP NE INHEN NAHIN DEKHA? JIN KA DAWA TO YE

HAI KE JO KUCH AAP SE PEHLE UTARA GAYA HAI US PAR IN KA IMAAN HAI” KI

WAZAHAT KAREN? IS AYAT MAIN ALLÂH TA’ALA KYA FARMA RAHEN HAIN?

QUESTION 15: AYAT 61 – IN SE JAB KABHI KAHA JAYE KE ALLÂH TA’ALA KE NAZIL

KARDAH KALAM KI AUR RASOOL KI TARAF AAO TO AAP DEKH LENGE KE YE

MUNAFIQ AAP SE MUNH PHAIR KAR KE JATE HAIN”KI WAZAHAT KARIYE? YE AYAT KIN
LOGON PAR NAZIL HUYI?

QUESTION 16: AYAT 62 – PHIR KYA BAAT HAI KE JAB IN PAR IN KE KARTOOT KE

BAA’IS KOI MUSEEBAT AA PADTI HAI TO PHIR YE AAP KE PAAS AA KAR ALLÂH TA’ALA
KI QASMEN KHATE HAIN KE HAMARA IRADA TO SIRF BHALAI AUR MAIL MILAP HI KA

THA”SE KYA MURAD HAI?

QUESTION 17: AYAT 63 – YE WO LOG HAIN KE IN KE DILON KA BHAID ALLÂH TA’ALA

PAR BAKHOOBI ROSHAN HAI. AAP INSE CHASHM POSHI KIJIYE, INHEN NASEEHAT

KARTE RAHIYE AUR INHEN WO BAAT KAHIYE JO IN KE DILON MAIN GHAR KARNE WALI

HO” KI WAZAHAT KIJIYE?

QUESTION 18: AYAT 64 – 68 KI ROSHNI MAIN ATAÁT E RASOOL KI KYA

AHMIYAT HAI SAMJAHAIYE?

QUESTION 19: AYAT 69 – 70 KI ROSHNI MAIN ALLÂH KE INAAM YAAFTA BANDE KON

HAIN?

Page | 202
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Self Check Exercise)

CHAPTER 4: SURAH AN NISA’ (AYAT 71 TO 85)

QUESTION 1: AYAT 71- AEY MUSALMANO! APNE BACHAO KA SAMAN LE LO. PHIR
GIROH GIROH BAN KAR KOOCH KARO YA SAB KE SAB IKHATTE HO KAR NIKLO YE AYAT

KAB NAAZIL HUYI AUR IS AYAT MAIN ALLAH TAÁLA KE FARMAAN KA KYA MATLAB HAI

QUESTION 2: A-72- IS AYAT MAIN LADAYI PE NIKALNE MAIN DER LAGANE SE KYA

MURAD HAI

QUESTION 3: A-73- AUR AGAR TUMHEN ALLÂH TA’ALA KA KOI FAZL MIL JAYE TO IS

TARAH KE GOYA TUM MAIN IN MAIN DOSTI THI HI NAHIN. KEHTE HAIN KAASH! MAIN
BHI IN KE HAMRAH HOTA TO BADI KAMYABI KO POHONCHTA” KI WAZAHAT KIJIYE?

QUESTION 4: A-74- PAS JO LOG DUNIYAN KI ZINDAGI KO AAKHIRAT KE BADLE BAICH

CHUKE HAIN” KI WAZAHAT KIJIYE? ALLAH TAÁLA KI RAAH MAIN KON LADTA HAI?

QUESTION 5: A-74- JO SHAKHS ALLÂH TA’ALA KI RAAH MAIN JIHAD KARTE HUYE

SHAHADAT PAA LE YA GHALIB AA JAYE, KI ROSHNI MAIN FEE SABILILLAH LADNE KA

KYA AJAR HAI?

QUESTION 6: A-75- IS AYAT MAIN MUSALMANON KO JIHAD FEE’ SABI’LILLAH KE LIYE

KYON KAHA JA RAHA HAI.

QUESTION 7: AYAT 76 JO LOG IMAAN LAYE HAIN WO ALLÂH TA’ALA KI RAAH MAIN

JIHAD KARTE HAIN AUR JIN LOGON NE KUFR KIYA, WO ALLÂH TA’ALA KE SIWA AURON
KI RAAH MAIN LADTE HAIN KI WAZAHAT KIJIYE?

QUESTION 8: A-77- IS AYAT MAIN KIN BAATON KI TAKEED KI GAYI HAI AUR KYA

HUKUM DIYA GAYA HAI?

QUESTION 9: AYAT 78-79- KI ROSHNI MAIN “MOUT KA WAQT TEY’ SHUDA’ HAI” KI

WAZAHAT KIJIYE?

QUESTION 10: AYAT 80-81- RASOOL KI ITAÁT HI ALLÂH KI ITAÁT HAI, IS

AYAT KE ZARIYE ALLAH TAÁLA NE KYA FARMAYA HAI?

Page | 203
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Self Check Exercise)

QUESTION 11: AYAT- 82 - KYA YE LOG QUR’ÂN MAIN GHAUR NAHIN KARTE? AGAR
YE ALLÂH TA’ALA KE SIWA KISI AUR KI TARAF SE HOTA TO YAQEENAN IS MAIN BHI

KUCH IKHTELAF PAATE” KI WAZAHAT KIJIYE?

QUESTION 12: A-83-84 BAGHAIR TEHQEEQ KE KAHABR AAGE NA BADHAO, ALLAH

TAÁLA KE IS FARMAAN KA KYA MATLAB HAI?

Page | 204
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Self Check Exercise)

CHAPTER 5: SURAH AN NISA’ (AYAT 86 TO 93)

QUESTION 1: A-86- 87- IN AAYAAT KI ROSHNI MAIN ACHCHI DAWAT SADAQAH

JARIYA AUR BURI DAWAT GUNAHE JARIYA HAI KI WAZAHAT KIJIYE?

QUESTION 2: AYAT 88 – IS AYAT MAIN ALLÂH TA’ALA NE KYA SAWAL KIYA HAI AUR

KYA FARMAYA HAI?

QUESTION 3: AYAT 89 - YE AYAT KIS TALLUQ SE HAI AUR ALLÂH TA’ALA YAHAN KYA
FARMA RAHEN HAIN?

QUESTION 4: AYAT 90 - IS AYAT MAIN, KYA ILM AUR HOKUM DIYA JA RAHA HAI?
QUESTION 5: AYAT 92 – QATLE KHATA KA KUFFARAH KYA HAI?
QUESTION 6: AYAT 93 - QATLE NA’HAQ KA WABAAL KYA HAI IS AYAT KI ROSHNI

MAIN LIKHIYE?

Page | 205
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Self Check Exercise)

CHAPTER 6: SURAH AN NISA’ (AYAT 94 TO 104)

QUESTION 1: AYAT-94- AEY IMAAN WALO! JAB TUM ALLÂH KI RAAH MAIN JA RAHE

HO TO TEHQEEQ KAR LIYA KARO AUR JO TUM SE SALAM ALAIKUM KARE TUM ISE YE

NA KEH DO KE TU IMAAN WALA NAHIN KI WAZAHAT KARIYE?

QUESTION 2: AYAT-95-96 – IN AAYAAT KI ROSHNI MAIN ALLÂH KI RAAH MAIN

NIKALNE KI KYA FAZILAT HAI?

QUESTION 3: ALLÂH KI RAAH MAIN HIJRAT KI AHMIYAT AUR FAZILAT KYA HAI, 97-
100 AAYAAT KI ROSHNI MAIN LIKHIYE?
QUESTION 4: AYAT 101 - JAB TUM SAFAR PAR JA RAHE HO TO TUM PAR NAMAZON

KE QASR KARNE MAIN KOI GUNAH NAHIN, AGAR TUMHEN DAR HO KE KAFIR TUMHEN

SATAYENGE. YAQEENAN KUFFAR TUMHARE KHULE DUSHMAN HAIN, IS AYAT MAIN KIS

BAAT KA HOKUM DIYA JAR AHA HAI, KI WAZAHAT KARIYE?

QUESTION 5: AYAT- 102 - SALAT AL KHOUF KA HUKUM KI WAZAHAT KARIYE?

QUESTION 6: AYAT- 103 - PHIR JAB TUM NAMAZ ADA KAR CHUKO TO UTH’TE

BETH’TE AUR LETE’ ALLÂH TA’ALA KA ZIKR KAR’TE RAHO. AUR JAB ITMENAAN PAO

TO NAMAZ QAYAM KARO. YAQEENAN NAMAZ MOMINON PAR MUQARRARAH WAQTON

PAR FARZ HAI, MAIN ALLAH TAÁLA KYA FARMA RAHEN HAIN?
QUESTION 7: AYAT- 104 - MUSALMAN AUR KAFIR KE AMAL MAIN KYA FARQ HAI?

Page | 206
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Self Check Exercise)

CHAPTER 7: SURAH AN NISA’ (AYAT 105 TO 122)

QUESTION 1: AYAT- 105 - YAQEENAN HAM NE TUMHARI TARAF HAQ’ KE SATH APNI

KITAB NAZIL FARMAYI HAI TA’KE TUM LOGON MAIN IS CHEEZ KE MUTABIQ FAISLA

KARO JIS SE ALLÂH NE TUM KO SHANASA’ KIYA HAI. AUR KHIYANAT KARNE WALON

KE HIMAYTI NA BANO KI WAZAHAT KARIYE?

QUESTION 2: AYAT- 106 - AUR ALLÂH TA’ALA SE BAKHSHISH MANGO! BESHAK

ALLÂH TA’ALA BAKHSHISH KARNE WALA, MAHRBANI KARNE WALA HAI MAIN ALLAH
TAÁLA KYA FARMA RAHEN HAIN?

QUESTION 3: AYAT- 107 - AUR IN KI TARAF SE JHAGDA NA KARO JO KHUD APNI HI

KHIYANAT KARTE HAIN, YAQEENAN DAGHA BAAZ GUNAHGAAR ALLÂH TA’ALA KO

ACHCHA NAHIN LAGTA, IS AYAT KE ZARIYE ALLÂH TA’ALA KYA HUKUM DE RAHEN

HAIN?

QUESTION 4: AYAT- 109 - HAN TO YE TUM HI WO LOG HO, KE DUNIYA MAIN TUMNE

IN KI HIMAYAT KI LEKIN ALLÂH TA’ALA KE SAMNE QIYAMAT KE DIN IN KI HIMAYAT

KON KAREGA, IS AYAT MAIN ALLÂH TA’ALA SAWAL KAR KE KYA FARMA RAHEN HAIN?
QUESTION 5: AYAT- 110 - JO SHAKHS KOI BURAYI KARE YA APNI JAAN PAR ZULM

KARE SE KYA MURAD HAI?

QUESTION 6: AYAT- 110 – KYA BURAYI KARNE WALO AUR ZALIMON KE LIYE TOUBA

KA DARWAZAH KHULA HAI?

QUESTION 7: AYAT- 111 - AUR JO GUNAH KARTA HAI IS KA BOJH ISI PAR HAI. AUR
ALLÂH BAKHOOBI JANNE WALA HAI KI WAZAHAT KARIYE?
QUESTION 8: AYAT- 112 - AUR JO SHAKHS KOI GUNAH YA KHA’TA KARE KISI

BE’GUNAH KE ZIMME THOP DE, IS NE BADA BOHTAN UTHAYA AUR KHULA GUNAH KIYA

SE KYA MURAD HAI?

QUESTION 9: AYAT- 113 – AAP NABI AKRAM PAR ALLÂH KA KYA FAZAL?
QUESTION 10: AYAT- 114 - NAJWA KA KYA MATLAB HAI AUR NAJWA KI PASANDIDAH
SOORAT KYA HAI KI AZAHAT KARIYE?

QUESTION 11: AYAT- 115 - JO SHAKHS BA’WAJUD RAAH HIDAYAT KE WAZEH HO

JANE KE BHI RASOOL KHILAF KARE AUR TAMAM MOMINO KI RAAH CHOD KAR

CHALE, HUM ISE IDHAR MUTAWAJJAH KAR DENGE JIDHAR WO KHUD MUTAWAJJAH HO

AUR DOZAKH MAIN DAAL DENGE SE KYA MURAD HAI?

Page | 207
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Self Check Exercise)

QUESTION 12: AYAT- 116 - SHIRK KA JURM MUAF KYOUN NAHI KIYA JAYEGA?
QUESTION 13: AYAT- 117 - YE TO ALLÂH TA’ALA KO CHOD KAR SIRF AURTON KO

PUKARTE HAIN. AUR DARASAL YE SIRF SARKASH SHAITAN KO POOJTE HAIN, SE KYA

MURAD HAI?

QUESTION 14: AYAT- 118 - JISE ALLÂH TA’ALA NE LAANAT KI HAI, AUR US NE

KAHA KE MAIN TERE BANDON MAIN SE, MUQARRAR SHUDA HISSA LE KAR RAHUNGA,

IS AYAT MAIN KIS KI TARAF ISHARA KIYA GAYA HAI AUR ALLAH TAÁLA KYA FARMA

RAHEN HAIN?

QUESTION 15: AYAT- 119 - IS AYAT MAIN KIN BATON KI WAZAHAT KI GAYI HAI?
QUESTION 16: AYAT- 120 - AUR IN SE ZUBANI WA’DE KARTA RAHEGA, AUR SABZ

BAAGH DIKHATA RAHEGA [MAGAR YAAD RAKHO!] SHAITAN KE WADE IN SE HAIN WO

SARASAR FARAIB KARIYAN HAIN, SE KYA MURAD HAI?

QUESTION 17: AYAT- 121 - YE WO LOG HAIN JIN KI JAGAH JAHANNUM HAI, JAHAN

SE INHEN CHUTKARA NA MILEGA KI WAZAHAT KIJIYE?

QUESTION 18: AYAT- 122 - AUR WO JO IMAAN LAYEN HAIN AUR BHALE KAAM

KAREN HAIN INHEIN HUM BAHUT JALDI JANNAT MAIN DAKHIL KARENGE JIN KE

NEECHE NEHRE BEHTI HAIN, IS AYAT MAIN IMAAN AUR AMAL E SALEH KARNE WALON

KE LIYE KYA KHUSHKHABRIYAN HAIN?

Page | 208
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Self Check Exercise)

CHAPTER 8: SURAH SURAH AN NISA’ (AYAT 123 TO 134)

QUESTION 1: AYAT- 123-124 KI ROSHNI MAIN KHUSH KUN KHWAHISHAAT KAAM

NAHI AAYENGI KI WAZAHAT KARIYE?

QUESTION 2: AYAT- 125-126 - KI ROSHNI MAIN BEHTAREEN RAWISH MILLAT E

IBRAHIM KI PERWI HAI KI WAZAHAT KARIYE?

QUESTION 3: AYAT- 127 – AAP AURTON KE BARE MAIN HUKUM DARYAFT KARTE

HAIN. AAP KEH DIJIYE! KHUD ALLÂH IN KE BARE MAIN HUKUM DE RAHA HAI, YE

HUKUM KYA HAIN?

QUESTION 4: AYAT 128-130 KI ROSHNI MAIN KHWATEEN KE HUQOOQ PAR ROSHNI

DAALIYE?

QUESTION 5: AYAT 131-131 – ALLÂH KA TAQWA IKHTIYAR NA KARNA KUFR HAI KI

WAZAHAT KARIYE?

QUESTION 6: AYAT- 133 – AGAR ISE MANZOOR HO TO AEY LOGO! WO TUM SAB KO

LE JAYE AUR DUSRON KO LE AAYE, ALLÂH TA’ALA IS PAR POORI QUDRAT RAKHNE

WALA HAI, SE KYA MURAD HAI?

QUESTION 7: AYAT- 134 – TEY’ KAR LO KE DUNIYA KE TALAB GAAR HO YA

AAKHIRAT KE, ALLAH KE IS FARMAAN MAIN KYA GHOR O FIKR HAI?

Page | 209
 AL HIDAYA QUR-AAN ACADEMY
Para 5: Wal Muh Sana’at (Self Check Exercise)

CHAPTER 9: SURAH SURAH AN NISA’ (AYAT 135 TO 147)

QUESTION 1: AYAT- 135- ADAL KARO CHAHE APNO KE KHILAF HI KYOUN NA HO KI

WAZAHAT IS AYAT KI ROSHNI MAIN KIJIYE?

QUESTION 2: AYAT 136 IS AYAT MAIN ALLÂH TA’ALA MUSALMANO KO KYA HUKUM

FARMA RAHEN HAIN AUR IS PAR AMAL KARNE KE LIYE HAM KO KYA KARNA HOGA?

QUESTION 3: AYAT 137-138: IMAAN AUR KUFR KE BEECH BAA’TANI KASHMAKASH

SE KYA MURAD HAI ?

QUESTION 4: AYAT 139 KAFIRON SE DOSTI KARNE WALE MUNAFIQ HAIN, IS AYAT KI

KE HAWALE SE ALLAH TAÁLA KYA FARMA RAHEN HAIN?

QUESTION 5: AYAT 140- SHAÁRE DEEN KI TOHEEN MAT BARDASHT KARO KI

WAZAHAT IS AYAT KI ROSHNI MAIN KIJIYE?

QUESTION 6: AYAT 141-143 MUNAFIQON KI RAWISH AUR KHASLAT KYA HAIN?

QUESTION 7: AYAT 144- MOMINO KE MUQABILE MAIN KAFIRON KO DOST MAT’

BANAO KI WAZAHAT KARIYE?

QUESTION 8: AYAT 145-146 MUNAFIQEEN JAHANNUM KE SAB SE NICHLE GADH’HE

MAIN HONGE KI WAZAHAT KARIYE?

QUESTION 9: AYAT 147- ALLÂH TA’ALA TUMHEN SAZA DE KAR KYA KAREGA? AGAR
TUM SHUKR GUZARI KARTE RAHO AUR BA’ IMAAN RAHO. ALLÂH TA’ALA BOHOT QADR

KARNE WALA AUR POORA ILM RAKHNE WALA HAI, SE KYA MURAD HAI.

1
SURAT AL BAQARAH 2: 199

Page | 210